Baumer VCXU-65M.R VCX camera Guide
Baumer VCXU-65M.R is a high-performance camera with a 5 MP resolution and a frame rate of up to 65 fps. It is equipped with a USB 3.0 interface and a rugged housing, making it ideal for industrial applications. The camera also features a variety of image enhancement features, such as automatic white balance, automatic gain control, and automatic exposure control.
advertisement
Operating Manual
VCXG / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP cameras
(Gigabit Ethernet)
VCXU / MP cameras
(USB 3.0)
EN-US
2
Table of Contents
4.2.1 Emergency shutdown at Overtemperature (≥ Rel. 2 only) ............................. 30
7.3.19.1 Timings of the image transmission VCXG ............................................ 70
7.3.19.2 Timings of the image transmission VCXU............................................. 71
7.3 Category: AutoFeatureControl (≥ Release 3 only, except .PTP / .I.PTP
3
4
7.4.3.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP / VCXU ......................................... 91
7.5 Category: ColorTransformationControl (color cameras only) ................................ 94
7.8.38 DeviceTemperatureStatusTransitionSelector (≥ Rel. 2 only) .......................114
7.9.6 LinePWMConfigurationMode (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ............................. 124
7.9.7 LinePWMDuration (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) .............................................. 125
7.9.8 LinePWMDutyCycle (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ........................................... 125
7.9.9 LinePWMMaxDuration (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ....................................... 126
7.9.10 LinePWMMaxDutyCycle (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) .................................. 126
7.9.11 LinePWMMode (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ................................................ 126
7.9.12 LinePWMOffTime (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ............................................. 127
7.9.13 LinePWMPeriodTime (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP) ....................................... 127
7.9.14.1 General Purpose Input/Output - GPIO (except VCXG.I/.I.XT/.PTP) .. 129
7.10.20.1 DeviceTemperaturStatusChanged .................................................... 138
7.11.6 Category: ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl (MP cameras only) . 150
7.11.6.1 CalibrationAngleOfPolarizationOffset .................................................. 151
5
6
7.11.7 ComponentEnable (MP cameras only) ....................................................... 152
7.11.8 ComponentSelector (MP cameras only) ..................................................... 152
7.11.14 ReverseX (mono cameras / pixel formats only) ....................................... 163
7.11.15 ReverseY (monochrome cameras / pixel formats only) ............................ 164
7.13 Category: MemoryManagement (≥ Rel. 3 only) ................................................ 182
7.15.1 EnergyEfficientEthernetEnable (≥ Rel. 3 only) ........................................... 189
7.15.2 Category: TransportLayerControl → GigEVision ........................................ 190
7.15.2.1 GVSPConfigurationBlockID64Bit ........................................................ 190
7.15.2.5 GevCurrentIPConfigurationDHCP ...................................................... 191
7.15.2.6 GevCurrentIPConfigurationLLA .......................................................... 191
7.15.2.7 GevCurrentIPConfigurationPersistentIP ............................................. 192
7.15.2.10 GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodes ..................................................... 192
7.15.2.11 GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodesSelector ........................................ 193
7.15.2.22 GevPAUSEFrameReception ............................................................. 196
7.15.2.23 GevPersistentDefaultGateway .......................................................... 196
7.15.2.26 GevPrimaryApplicationIPAddress ..................................................... 197
7.15.2.27 GevPrimaryApplicationSocket .......................................................... 197
7.15.2.28 GevPrimaryApplicationSwitchoverKey.............................................. 197
7.15.2.34 GevSCPSDoNotFragment ................................................................ 199
7.15.2.39 GevStreamChannelSelector ............................................................. 200
7.15.2.41 GevSupportedOptionSelector ........................................................... 201
7.15.4 Category: Category: TransportLayerControl → PtpControl (.PTP only) ..... 203
7.15.5 Category: TransportLayerControl → USB3Vision ...................................... 208
7
8
8. VCXG /.XC/.I/.I.XT/.PTP /.I.PTP – Interface Functionalities ............................... 215
8.2 Packet Size and Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) ......................................... 215
8.3.1 Example 1: Multi Camera Operation – Minimal IPG ..................................... 216
8.3.2 Example 2: Multi Camera Operation – Optimal IPG ..................................... 216
8.6.2 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) ............................................. 221
8.7.3 Fault 2: Lost Packet at the End of the Data Stream ..................................... 224
1. General Information
Thanks for purchasing a camera of the Baumer family. This User´s Guide describes how to connect, set up and use the camera.
Read this manual carefully and observe the notes and safety instructions!
Support
In the case of any questions please contact our Technical & Application Support Center.
Worlwide:
Badstrasse
Baumer Optronic GmbH
30
DE-01454 Radeberg, Germany
Tel: +49 (0)3528 4386 845
Target group for this User´s Guide
This User's Guide is aimed at experienced users, which want to integrate camera(s) into a vision system.
Intended Use
The camera is used to capture images that can be transferred over a GigE interface
(VCXG / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP) or a USB 3.0 interface (VCXU) to a PC.
Classification of the safety instructions
In the User´s Guide, the safety instructions are classified as follows:
Notice
Gives helpful notes on operation or other general recommendations.
Pictogram
Pictogram
Caution
Indicates a possibly dangerous situation. If the situation is not avoided, slight or minor injury could result or the device may be damaged.
Danger!
Indicates an immediate imminent danger. If the danger is not avoided, the consequences are death or very serious injury.
9
10
Transport / Storage
Transport the camera only in the original packaging. When the camera is not installed, then storage the camera in original packaging.
Disposal
Dispose of outdated products with electrical or electronic circuits, not in the normal domestic waste, but rather according to your national law and the directives 2002/96/EC and 2006/66/EC for recycling within the competent collectors.
Through the proper disposal of obsolete equipment will help to save valuable resources and prevent possible adverse effects on human health and the environment.
The return of the packaging to the material cycle helps conserve raw materials an reduces the production of waste. When no longer required, dispose of the packaging materials in accordance with the local regulations in force.
Keep the original packaging during the warranty period in order to be able to pack the device properly in the event of a warranty claim.
Warranty Notes
If it is obvious that the device is / was dismantled, reworked or repaired by other than
Baumer technicians, Baumer Optronic will not take any responsibility for the subsequent performance and quality of the device!
Copyright
Any duplication or reprinting of this documentation, in whole or in part, and the reproduc tion of the illustrations even in modified form is permitted only with the written approval of
Baumer. The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
1.1 Software Licensing Information
The software in the camera includes the LWIP TCP/IP implementation. The copyright information for this implementation is as follows:
Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are per mitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN -
TIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, IN -
CIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBIL -
ITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The software in the camera includes the ptpd implementation. The copyright information for this implementation is as follows:
Copyright (c) 2015
Copyright (c) 2014
Wojciech Owczarek.
Perseus Telecom.
Copyright (c) 2013-2014
Harlan Stenn,
George N. Neville-Neil,
Wojciech Owczarek,
Copyright (c) 2011-2012
George V. Neville-Neil,
Steven Kreuzer,
Martin Burnicki,
Jan Breuer,
Wojciech Owczarek,
Gael Mace,
Alexandre Van Kempen,
Inaqui Delgado,
Rick Ratzel,
11
12
Copyright (c) 2009-2010
George V. Neville-Neil,
Steven Kreuzer,
Martin Burnicki,
Jan Breuer,
Gael Mace,
Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Kendall Correll, Aidan Williams
All Rights Reserved
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are per mitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRAN -
TIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSE -
QUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSI -
NESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
2. General Safety Instructions
Caution
Heat can damage the camera. Provide adequate dissipation of heat, to ensure that the temperature does not exceed the value (see Heat Transmission).
As there are numerous possibilities for installation, Baumer recommends no specific method for proper heat dissipation, but suggest the following principles:
▪ operate the cameras only in mounted condition
▪ mounting in combination with forced convection may provide proper heat dissipation
Caution
Observe precautions for handling electrostatic sensitive devices!
Class A
Caution
The camera is a class A device (DIN EN 55022:2011). It can cause radio interference in residential environments. Should this happen, you must take reasonable measures to eliminate the interference.
13
14
3. Camera Models
All Baumer cameras of these family are characterized by:
Best image quality ▪ Low noise and structure-free image information
Flexible image acquisition ▪ Industrially-compliant process interface with parameter setting capability
Fast image transfer VCXG/.
XC/.I
.I.XT/.
PTP/
.I.PTP
▪
▪
Reliable transmission up to 1000 Mbit/sec according to IEEE802.3
Cable length up to 100 m
▪ PoE (Power over Ethernet)
▪ Baumer driver for high data volume with low
CPU load
▪
▪ High-speed multi-camera operation
GenICam™ and GigE Vision ® compliant
VCXG.
XC
▪ internal cool pipes for cooling air
Perfect integration
Compact design
Reliable operation
Supported standards
Conformity
VCXU ▪ Reliable transmission at 5000 Mbit/sec according to USB 3.0 (v1.0.1) standard
▪ GenICam™ and USB3 Vision TM compliant
▪ Flexible generic programming interface (Baumer GAPI) for all Baumer cameras
▪ Powerful Software Development Kit (SDK) with sample codes and help files for simple integration
▪ Baumer viewer for all camera functions
▪ GenICam™ compliant XML file to describe the camera functions
▪ Supplied with installation program with automatic camera recognition for simple commissioning
▪ Light weight
▪ flexible assembly
▪ State-of-the-art camera electronics and precision mechanics
▪ Low power consumption and minimal heat generation
VCXG
VCXU
CE
KC
▪ GenICam TM SFNC 2.1 ׀ Rel. 2.0: SFNC 2.3 ׀
Rel. 3.0: SFNC 2.4 ׀ Rel. 4.0: SNFC 2.4
▪ IEEE 1588 TM -2008 (only .PTP / .I.PTP)
▪
▪ USB3 Vision TM 1.0.1
▪ GenICam TM GenCP 1.1
GenICam TM SFNC 2.1
Rel. 3.0: SFNC 2.4
׀ Rel. 2.0: SFNC 2.3 ׀
We declare, under our sole respon sibility, that the described Baumer cameras conform with the directives of the CE.
Several of the described Baumer
VCX cameras conform with the directives of the Korean Conformity.
(see table on next page)
Korean Conformity (Registration of Broadcasting and Communication Equipments)
VCXG
Product
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-13M
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M
VCXG-32M
VCXG-51M
VCXG-53M
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M
VCXG-201M.R
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-13C
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C
VCXG-32C
VCXG-51C
VCXG-53C
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C
VCXG-201C.R
Article No.
11165942
11165943
Registration No.
11165842 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-13M
11164973 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-13M
11165941
11165944
R-R-BkR-VCXG-23C
R-R-BkR-VCXG-23C
11165829 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-53M
11165949 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-51C
11165952 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-51C
11151554 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-53M
11173890 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-124M
11172630 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-124M
11194343 R-REI-BkR-VCXG-201MR
11165843 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-13M
11164974 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-13M
R-R-BkR-VCXG-23C
R-R-BkR-VCXG-23C
11165828 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-53M
11165950 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-51C
11165953 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-51C
11151555 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-53M
11173819 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-124M
11172609 MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXG-124M
11172631 R-REI-BkR-VCXG-201MR
Date of Registration
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2021-05-13
2021-05-13
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2018-07-10
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2021-05-13
2021-05-13
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2017-05-02
2018-07-10
VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP
Product
Monochrome
VCXG-32M.I
Article No.
11186791
VCXG-32M.I.PTP
11217696
VCXG-32M.I.XT
VCXG-51M.I
11188950
11186793
VCXG-51M.I.PTP
11217699
VCXG-51M.I.XT
Color
11188955
VCXG-32C.I
11186790
VCXG-32C.I.PTP
11217697
VCXG-32C.I.XT
11188951
VCXG-51C.I
11186792
VCXG-51C.I.PTP
11217698
VCXG-51C.I.XT
11188952
Registration No.
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
Date of Registration
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
R-R-BkR-VCXG-51MI
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
2020-12-24
15
16
VCXU
Product
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
Article No.
11165914
11165908
11165905
11165812
11151564
11164500
11165900
11165913
11165907
11165903
11165813
11151566
11164501
11165901
Registration No.
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU13M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU13M
R-R-BkR-VCXU-53M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
R-R-BkR-VCXU-53M
Date of Registration
2017-04-18
2017-04-18
2020-12-08
2017-04-28
2017-04-28
2017-04-28
2020-12-08
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU13M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU13M
R-R-BkR-VCXU-53M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
MSIP-REI-BkR-VCXU-50M
R-R-BkR-VCXU-53M
2017-04-18
2017-04-18
2020-12-08
2017-04-28
2017-04-28
2017-04-28
2020-12-08
Release Version
Notice
Identification of Release version
• Label on camera ("R2.0" is Release 2.0)
• Baumer GAPI 2.x Camera Explorer / Category: Device Control → Device Version
(Release 1: R1.x.x / Release 2: R2.x.x)
3.1 VCXG / .PTP
1
2
No. Description
1 Lens mount (C-Mount)
2 Power supply / Digital-IO
3
No. Description
3 Ethernet Port (PoE) / Signaling LED´s
Camera Type
Sensor
Size
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-02M / VCXG-02C
VCXG-04M / VCXG-04C
VCXG-13M / VCXG-13C
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / VCXG-15C
VCXG-22M.R / VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23M / VCXG-23C
VCXG-24M / VCXG-24C
VCXG-25M / VCXG-25C
VCXG-32M / VCXG-32C 1/1.8"
VCXG-32M.PTP / VCXG-32C.PTP
1/1.8"
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M / VCXG-51C
2/3"
2/3"
1/4"
1/2.9"
1/2"
1/2"
1/1.8"
1/2"
1/1.2"
1/1.2"
2/3"
VCXG-51M.PTP / VCXG-51C.PTP
VCXG-53M / VCXG-53C
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-82M / VCXG-82C
VCXG-65M.R / VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-91M / VCXG-91C
2/3"
1"
1"
2/3"
1/1.8"
1"
VCXG-124M / VCXG-124C 1.1"
VCXG-124M.PTP / VCXG-124C.PTP 1.1"
VCXG-125M.R / VCXG-125C.R
1/1.9"
VCXG-127M / VCXG-127C
VCXG-201M.R / VCXG-201C.R
VCXG-204M / VCXG-204C
VCXG-241M
VCXG-241C
1/1.1"
1"
1/1.1"
1.2"
Resolution
640 × 480
720 × 540
1280 × 1024
1280 × 1024
1440 × 1080
1920 × 1080
1920 × 1200
1920 × 1200
1920 × 1200
2048 × 1536
2048 × 1536
2448 × 2048
2448 × 2048
2448 × 2048
2592 × 2048
2592 × 2048
2848 × 2832
3072 × 2048
4096 × 2160
4096 × 3000
4096 × 3000
4000 × 3000
4096 × 2992
5472 × 3648
4480 × 4496
5312 × 4600 | 4592 2)
5312 × 4592
Full
Frames 1)
[max. fps]
595 ׀ 403
439.5 ׀ 318
145 ׀ 94
145 ׀ 94
120 ׀ 79
89 ׀ 60
81.5 ׀ 53.5
38.5
59 ׀ 53
55.5 ׀ 39.5
55.5 ׀ 39.5
36 ׀ 24
35.5 ׀ 23.5
35.5 ׀ 23.5
28 ׀ 23.5
28 ׀ 23.5
15 ׀ 15
29 ׀ 16
21 ׀ 13
15 ׀ 10
15 ׀ 10
15 ׀ 10
10 ׀ 10
9 ׀ 6
6 ׀ 6
5 ׀ 5
1) Burst Mode (image acquisition in the camera´s internal memory
2) ≥ Rel. 4.0
17
18
Dimensions
2 x M3 x 4
40
8 x M3 x 4
29
8,9 48,9
3 C-mount
6,6 ±0,35
4,45
20
3
3.2 VCXG.XC
1 2 3
No. Description
1 Lens mount (C-Mount)
2 Cooling pipe intake
3 Cooling pipe outlet
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-51M.XC
Dimensions
5 4
No. Description
4 Ethernet Port (PoE) / Signaling LED´s
5 Power supply / Digital-IO
Sensor
Size
2/3"
Resolution
2448 × 2048
Full
Frames 1)
[max. fps]
35.5 ׀ 23.5
8 x M3 x 4,5
36
ø 30
26
36,7 3,5 temperature measurement point
8,9 46,1
2 x
M
3 x
2
4,
5 x
M
2 x
4,
5
C-Mount
8,75
20
31
19
3.3 VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP
2 3 4
1
5
No. Description
1 Lens mount (C-Mount)
No. Description
4 Ethernet Port (PoE)
2 4 x Tube Adapter / front mounting threads 5 GigE Signaling LED´s
3 Power supply / Digital-IO
1) Burst Mode (image acquisition in the camera´s internal memory) ׀ inter face
Camera Type
Sensor
Size
Resolution
Full
Frames 1)
[max. fps]
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-13M.I / .XT / VCXG-13C.I / .XT
VCXG-15M.I / .XT / VCXG-15C.I / .XT
VCXG-25M.I / .XT / VCXG-25C.I / .XT
VCXG-32M.I / .XT / VCXG-32C.I / .XT
VCXG-32M.I.PTP / VCXG-32C.I.PTP
VCXG-51M.I / .XT / VCXG-51C.I / .XT
VCXG-51M.I.PTP / VCXG-51C.I.PTP
1/2" 1280 × 1024
1/2.9" 1140 × 1080
2/3" 1920 × 1200
145 ׀ 94
121 ׀ 79
59 ׀ 53
1/1.8" 2048 × 1536 55.5 ׀ 39.5
1/1.8" 2048 × 1536 55.5 ׀ 39.5
2/3"
2/3"
2448 × 2048
2448 × 2048
35.5 ׀ 23.5
35.5 ׀ 23.5
VCXG-53M.I / .XT / VCXG-53C.I / .XT
VCXG-82M.I / .XT / VCXG-82C.I / .XT
VCXG-124M.I / .XT / VCXG-124C.I / .XT
VCXG-124M.I.PTP / VCXG-124C.I.PTP
1"
2/3"
1.1"
1.1"
2592 × 2048 28 ׀ 23.5
2848 × 2832 15 ׀ 15
4096 × 3000
4096 × 3000
15 ׀ 10
15 ׀ 10
VCXG-127M.I / .XT / VCXG-127C.I.XT
1/1.1" 4096 × 2992
VCXG-201M.R.I / .XT / VCXG-201C.R.I / .XT
1" 5472 × 3648
VCXG-241M.I / .XT / VCXG-241C.I / .XT
1.2" 5312 × 4592
10 ׀ 10
6 ׀ 9
5 ׀ 5
20
Dimensions
38,4 8,33
R
3
4 x
26
2 x M3 x 5 temperature measurement point
8 x M3 x5
40
Ø 28,7
4 x
M3 x 6
12,9
18,6 10,7
10,2 50,8 6,95
21
22
Modular tube system (ordered separately)
The peak torque while tightening the screws is 0.9 Nm.
Use a torque wrench!
Tube Adapter
Recommended grease
Camera for easier installation of the sealing rings:
ELKALUB GLS 867
Tube
Tube Adapter
M 47
A
A-A
3,25
2,75
2,5
A 3
5,25
Art. No.: 11185373
Distance Ring
M 47
A
Ø 44
5
9
A-A
A
A
O-Ring
6
Art. No.: 11185372
6
15
A-A
Ø
44
A 12 O-Ring
Art. No.: 11185371
A
Ø 44
A
Art. No.: 11211571
6
39
36
A-A
O-Ring
Tube Modul
A
A
M 62
A-A
3,25
2,75
2,5
3
5,25
Art. No.: 11185377
A
Ø
59
M 62
5
9 A-A
A
A
A
A
Ø
59
O-Ring
Art. No.: 11185376
6
6
15
A-A
Art. No.: 11185375
12
O-Ring
6
39
A-A
Ø 59
A
Art. No.: 11198906
36
O-Ring
Tube
A
M 47
A-A
A 4
40,5
44
Art. No.: 11185370 (Cover Glass: Acryl)
Art. No.: 11195425 (Cover Glass: restistant laminated safety cover glass)
Inner dimensions of the Tube
M 47
35
44
A
M 62
A-A
4
A
54,5
58
Art. No.: 11185374 (Cover Glass: Acryl)
Art. No.: 11195426 (Cover Glass: restistant laminated safety cover glass)
M 62
49
58
23
24
3.4 VCXU
1
2
No. Description
1 Lens mount (C-Mount)
2 Digital-IO
4
4
3
No. Description
3 USB 3.0 port
Signaling-LED
Camera Type
Sensor
Size
Monochrome / Color
VCXU-02M / VCXU-02C
VCXU-04M / VCXU-04C
1/4"
VCXU-13M / VCXU-13C
1/2.9"
1/2"
VCXU-15M / VCXU-15C
VCXU-22M.R / VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23M / VCXU-23C
1/2.9"
1/2"
1/1.2"
VCXU-24M / VCXU-24C 1/1.2"
VCXU-25M / VCXU-25C
VCXU-31M / VCXU-31C
2/3"
1/1.8"
VCXU-32M / VCXU-32C 1/1.8"
VCXU-50M / VCXU-50C
VCXU-50MP
2/3"
2/3"
VCXU-51M / VCXU-51C 2/3"
VCXU-53M / VCXU-53C
VCXU-65M.R / VCXU-65C.R
1"
1/1.8"
VCXU-90M / VCXU-90C 1"
VCXU-91M / VCXU-91C
VCXU-123M / VCXU-123C
VCXU-124M / VCXU-124C
1"
1.1"
1.1"
VCXU-125M.R / VCXU-125C.R
1/1.9"
VCXU-201M.R / VCXU-201C.R
1"
Resolution
640 × 480
720 × 540
1280 × 1024
1440 × 1080
1920 × 1080
1920 × 1200
1920 × 1200
1920 × 1200
2048 × 1536
2048 × 1536
2448 × 2048
2448 × 2048
2448 × 2048
2592 × 2048
3072 × 2048
4096 × 2160
4096 × 2160
4096 × 3000
4096 × 3000
4000 × 3000
5472 × 3648
Full
Frames
[max. fps]
167
120
55.5
73
73
35
891
430
222
225
138
165
38
73.5
47
41
32
31
29
29
15
Dimensions
29
2 x M3 x 4
30
8 x M3 x 4
8,9 37,8
3 C-mount
6,6 ±0,35
6,15
18
3
25
26
4. Installation
4.1
Environmental Requirements
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
Humidity
VCXG -10 °C (+14 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
VCXU
VCXG.XC
VCXG.I
VCXG.I.PTP
-10 °C (+14 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
-10 °C (+14 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
-10 °C (+14 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
-10 °C (+14 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
VCXG.I.XT
-40 °C (-40 °F) / -30 °C 2) (-22 °F) ... +70 °C (+158 °F)
VCXG 0 °C (41 °F) ... 60 °C (140 °F) 1) */** / 65 °C (149 °F)*/**
VCXU 0 °C (41 °F) ... 60 °C (140 °F) 1) */** / 65 °C (149 °F)*/**
VCXG.XC
VCXG.I
VCXG.I.PTP
0 °C (32 °F) ... 65 °C (149 °F) */** / 75 °C (167 °F)*/**
0 °C (32 °F) ... 65 °C (149 °F)*/***
0 °C (32 °F) ... 65 °C (149 °F)*/***
VCXG.I.XT
-40 °C (-40 °F) / -30 °C 2) (-22 °F) ... 70 °C (158 °F)*/***
10 % ... 90 % non condensing
1) VCXU-125M.R / C.R; VCXU-201M.R / C.R
2) VCXG-201M.R.I.XT / C.R.I.XT
The sensor specification ensures unrestricted use from an operating temperature greater than -10 °C (14 °F). Use at temperatures lower than -10 °C (14 °F) may result in disturbed image acquisition or poorer image quality.
*/ at T (Measurement Point)
/** Ambient temperature in the range above 28 °C (82.4 °F) / 34 °C (93.2 °F) / 32 °C (89.6
°F) / 39 °C (102.2 °F) (depending on camera model) requires heat dissipation measures.
/*** Ambient temperature above 45 °C (113 °F) requires heat dissipation measures.
4.2 Heat Transmission
Caution
Device heats up during operation.
Skin irritation possible.
Do not touch the camera during operation.
Caution
Heat can damage the camera. Provide adequate dissipation of heat, to ensure that the temperatures does not exceed the value (see table below).
As there are numerous possibilities for installation, Baumer recommends no specific method for proper heat dissipation, but suggest the following principles:
Notice
The values for MTBF can be found in the respective Technical
Data Sheet (TDS).
▪ operate the cameras only in mounted condition
▪ mounting in combination with forced convection may provide proper heat dissipation
T T
Temperature Measuring Point (T) Maximal Temperature
VCXG / .XC / .R / .PTP
65 °C (149 °F)
VCXU
65 °C (149 °F)
60 °C (140 °F) 1
VCXG.I / .PTP
65 °C (149 °F)
VCXG.I.XT
70 °C (158 °F)
1) VCXU-125M.R/C.R; VCXU-201M.R/C.R
27
28
Cooling pipe (VCXG.XC only)
The camera is equipped with a internal cooling pipe integrated into the housing. Compressed air / Tempering liquid can be passed through this cooling pipe to cool the camera.
For connecting the compressed air / Tempering liquid hoses (Cooling pipe intake / Cooling pipe outlet) use push-in fittings with male thread M3 and plastic tubing for compressed air or Tempering liquid, e.g. FESTO QSM-M3-3-I and FESTO PUN-H-3x0.5.
Cooling pipe intake
Cooling pipe outlet
Cooling with air
Camera is tested with compressed air at 3 bar pressure according to ISO 8573-1:2010
[1:4:2] [Particles:Water:Oil] A maximum pressure of 6 bar is permissible.
Camera
Cooling pipe outlet
Warm Air
Cooling pipe inlet
Cooling device
(Compressor)
Cool Air
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
7
8
9
X
ISO 8573-12010 Compressed Air Contaminants and Purity Classes
Class Particles Water
By Particle Size
(maximum number of particles per m³)
0.10 - 0.5 microns
0.5 - 1.0 microns
1.0 - 5.0 microns
By Mass mg/m³
Vapor Pressure
Dewpoint
°C °F
Liquid g/m³
As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than class 1
≤ 20,000
≤ 400,000
-
-
-
-
≤ 400
≤ 6,000
≤ 90,000
-
-
-
≤ 10
≤ 100
≤ 1,000
≤ 10,000
≤ 100,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
0 - ≤ 5
≤ -70
≤ -40
≤ -20
≤ +3
≤ +7
≤ +10
≤ -94
≤ -40
≤ -4
≤ +37
≤ +45
≤ +50
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5 - ≤ 10
-
-
> 10
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
≤ 0.5
≤ 5
≤ 10
> 10
Oil
Liquid, Aerosol
& Vapor mg/m³
≤ 0.01
≤ 0.1
-
-
≤ 1
-
-
> 5
-
-
Comparison of temperature behavior without and with air cooling:
°C
60
With compressed air cooling T air
= 23 °C
Temperature at sensor
50
∆T=30 °C
40
Temperature at housing measurement point
- lower noise
- lower defect pixels
- lower dark current
- higher dynamic
- higher life time
30
∆T=12 °C
23 °C ambient
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Measurement condition: VCXG51M.XC on air without metal mount s
Cooling with tempering liquid
The cooling with liquid efficiently transports heat from the camera.
Camera
Cooling pipe outlet
Cooling pipe inlet outlet inlet
Heat Exchanger
Cool Air
Warm Air
Pump
Tank
Danger!
Danger due to incorrect system components.
Risk of electric shock. Electric shock can be fatal or cause serious injury.
The system components, cables, connections for tempering liquid, hoses for tempering liquid and the objective must be selected according to the operating conditions.
An ambient temperature of +85 °C (185 °F) must not be exceeded for the camera and its components, as the connectors (RJ45 and M8) are specified up to this temperature.
At temperatures below freezing, make sure that the tempering liquid supply is not inter rupted.
The tempering liquid must meet the following criteria:
▪ compatible with aluminum
▪ must contain bio-growth inhibitors
▪ must contain corrosion protection
▪ maximum pressure 6 bar
▪ Temperatur range of liquid is recommend between: 1 .. 50 °C (depending on the ambient temperature)
▪ The camera was tested with a flow rate of 0,9l / h. The flow rate depends on the pump capacity used.
We recommend the water bath protective media "Aqua Stabil" from Julabo.
29
30
4.2.1 Emergency shutdown at Overtemperature (≥ Rel. 2 only)
To prevent damage on the hardware due to high temperatures, the camera is equipped with an emergency shutdown. The DeviceTemperatureStatusTransitionSelector (Category: Device Control ) feature allows you to select different thresholds for temperatures:
NormalToHigh : freely programmable value
HighToExeeded : fixed value (camera shutdown if exceeded)
ExeededToNormal : freely programmable value, temperature for error-free re-ac- tivation of the camera.
In the DeviceTemperatureStatusTransition feature, the temperatures for the programma ble temperature transitions are set.
The Event DeviceTemperatureStatusChanged is always generated when DeviceTemperatureStatus changes.
If the temperature rises above the value set at HighToExceed , the DeviceTemperatureExceeded feature is set to True , the image recording is stopped, and the LED is set to red.
For further use, the camera must disconnected from the power supply after cooling down or a device reset should be carried out.
The sufficient cooling is recognizable when the event DeviceTemperatureStatus- Changed
(Device Temperature < ExceededToNormal ) is output.
temperature curve
HighToExceed fixed value (camera shutdown if exceeded) Cooling measures recommended
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
NormalToHigh freely programmable value
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
ExceedToNormal
(Device Temperature < ExceededToNormal) freely programmable value
Time
Temperatures for emergency shutdown
When the temperature measurement at the internal temperature sensor gives a temperature exceeding the specified values in the following tables, the DeviceTemperatureExceeded feature is set to True , the image recording is stopped, and the LED is set to red.
VCXG max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-02M / VCXG-02C
VCXG-04M / VCXG-04C
VCXG-13M / VCXG-13C
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / VCXG-15C
VCXG-22M.R / VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23M / VCXG-23C
VCXG-24M / VCXG-24C
VCXG-25M / VCXG-25C
VCXG-32M / VCXG-32C
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M / VCXG-51C
VCXG-53M / VCXG-53C
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R / VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82M / VCXG-82C
VCXG-91M / VCXG-91C
VCXG-124M / VCXG-124C
VCXG-125M.R / VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127M / VCXG-127C
VCXG-201M.R / VCXG-201C.R
VCXG-204M / VCXG-204C
VCXG-241M / VCXG-241C
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (163.4 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
VCXG.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-32M.PTP / VCXG-32C.PTP
VCXG-51M.PTP / VCXG-51C.PTP
VCXG-124M.PTP / VCXG-124C.PTP
max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
31
32
VCXG.I
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-13M.I / VCXG-13C.I
VCXG-15M.I / VCXG-15C.I
VCXG-25M.I / VCXG-25C.I
VCXG-32M.I / VCXG-32C.I
VCXG-51M.I / VCXG-51C.I
VCXG-53M.I / VCXG-53C.I
VCXG-82M.I / VCXG-82C.I
VCXG-124M.I / VCXG-124C.I
VCXG-127M.I / VCXG-127C.I
VCXG-201M.R.I / VCXG-201C.R.I
VCXG-241M.I / VCXG-241C.I
VCXG.I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-32M.I.PTP / VCXG-32C.I.PTP
VCXG-51M.I.PTP / VCXG-51C.I.PTP
VCXG-124M.I.PTP / VCXG-124C.I.PTP
VCXG.I.XT
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-13M.I.XT / VCXG-13C.I.XT
VCXG-15M.I.XT / VCXG-15C.I.XT
VCXG-25M.I.XT / VCXG-25C.I.XT
VCXG-32M.I.XT / VCXG-32C.I.XT
VCXG-51M.I.XT / VCXG-51C.I.XT
VCXG-53M.I.XT / VCXG-53C.I.XT
VCXG-82M.I.XT / VCXG-82C.I.XT
VCXG-124M.I.XT / VCXG-124C.I.XT
VCXG-127M.I.XT / VCXG-127C.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R.I.XT / VCXG-201C.R.I.XT
VCXG-241M.R.I.XT / VCXG-241C.R.I.XT
VCXG.XC
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-51M.XC
max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F) max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F)
70 °C (158 °F) max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F) max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
70 °C (158 °F)
VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXU-02M / VCXU-02C
VCXU-04M / VCXU-04C
VCXU-13M / VCXU-13C
VCXU-15M / VCXU-15C
VCXU-23M / VCXU-23C
VCXU-22M.R / VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-24M / VCXU-24C
VCXU-25M / VCXU-25C
VCXU-31M / VCXU-31C
VCXU-32M / VCXU-32C
VCXU-50M / VCXU-50C
VCXU-51M / VCXU-51C
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-53M / VCXU-53C
VCXU-65M.R / VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90M / VCXU-90C
VCXU-91M / VCXU-91C
VCXU-123M / VCXU-123C
VCXU-124M / VCXU-124C
VCXU-125M.R / VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R / VCXU-201C.R
max. Temperature
(internal temperature sensor)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
73 °C (163.4 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
72 °C (161.6 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
75 °C (167 °F)
4.3 Lens mounting
Notice
Avoid contamination of the sensor and the lens by dust and airborne particles when mounting the lens to the device!
Therefore the following points are very important:
▪
▪ Install the camera in an environment that is as dust free as possible!
▪ Keep the dust cover (bag) on camera as long as possible!
Hold the camera downwards with unprotected sensor.
▪ Avoid contact with any optical surface of the camera!
33
34
4.4 IP Protection classes (VCXG.I / .I.XT)
Notice
Definition IP65 / IP67
IP65 say that the camera housing is dust tight and hose-proof. That means it is protected against water jet that is projected by a nozzle striking the housing from any direction.
IP67 stands for dust tightness besides the protection against submersion into 1 meter deep water for up to 30 minutes. The desired protection level is given as long as the difference in temperature between camera and water is less than 5 K and the water has a temperature of 15 °C (+ 59 °F) ... 35 °C (+ 95 °F).
IP
Protection
Caution
In order to achieve the mentioned IP protection level, please note the follow ing information:
The tube needs to be screwed on gap-free as shown in the figure below.
The M12 connectors need to be tightened with a torque value of 0.4 Nm.
For that Baumer suggests the use of a torque driver (such as Wiha
TorqueVario ® -S ESD) in combination with a wrench for assembling sensor/ actuator cables with M12 connector (such as Phoenix Contact SAC BIT
M12-D15).
Sealing rings
The peak torque while tightening the screws is 0.9 Nm.
Use a torque wrench!
Do not forget the seals!
Recommended grease for easier installation:
ELKALUB GLS 867
Gap-free assembly
4.5 Filter replacement
A filter is installed in color cameras. This filter can lead to limitations in the applicability of the sensor for specific applications.
Proceed as follows to replace the filter.
Notice
Avoid contamination of the filter, sensor and the lens by dust and airborne particles!
Perform the filter replacement in a dust-free room with clean tools!
Procedure
1 2 3 4
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
Insert the assembly tool (1) into the sensor opening. Place the two pins at the front end into the locator holes of the filter holder (2).
2.
Turn the filter holder (2) until the guide tabs can be seen in the guide grooves
(4).
Remove the filter holder (2).
Carefully remove the existing filter (3). Do not touch the sensor!
Insert the new filter into the sensor opening.
Put the filter holder (2) back in.
Turn the filter holder (2) until the guide tabs cannot be seen in the guide grooves
(4).
35
36
4.6 Cleaning
Due to its compact design, the device is characterized by almost maintenance-free opera tion.
When used for the intended purpose, it is possible that the device may need to be cleaned from time to time. Very clean optical surfaces (cover glass) are required for the consistent and reproducible operation of the device.
Housing volatile solvents
Caution!
Volatile solvents for cleaning.
Volatile solvents damage the surface of the camera.
Never use volatile solvents (benzine, thinner) for cleaning!
To clean the surface of the camera housing, use a soft, dry cloth. To remove persistent stains, use a soft cloth dampened with a small quantity of neutral detergent, then wipe dry.
Filter / Cover glass sensor
Notice
The sensor is mounted dust-proof. Remove of the cover glass for cleaning is not necessary.
Avoid cleaning the cover glass of the sensor if possible. To prevent dust, follow the in structions under "Install lens".
If you must clean it, use compressed air or a soft, lint free cloth dampened with a small quantity of pure alcohol.
Tube cover glass
For cleaning, use a soft, lint-free cloth to clean the surface of the tube cover glass with a gentle pressure, without scratching.
To clean stubborn dirt, commonly available window cleaning agent is recommended.
Caution!
Ensure that no residues of the cleaning agent or scratches remain on the glass. These can permanently damage the reproducibility of the results from the device.
Caution!
As so many cleaning agents are available, we hope you understand that we cannot test every single one. Resistance to cleaning agents and areas of use depends upon the specific application.
Cleaning agents must be tested on an discreet area of the device under application conditions to evaluate if they are suitable.
4.7 Mechanical Tests
Environmental
Testing
Vibration, sinusodial
Shock
Bump
Vibration, broad band
Standard Parameter
IEC 60068-2-6 Frequency Range
Amplitude underneath crossover frequencies
Acceleration
Test duration / Axis
IEC 60068-2-64 Frequency range
VCXG (.XC / .PTP) / VCXU
VCXG.I (.PTP) / .XT
Acceleration RMS
Test duration / Axis
IEC 60068-2-27 Puls time
Acceleration
Number of shocks per direction and axis
IEC60068-2-29 Pulse Time
Acceleration
Number of bumps per direction and axis
10 - 2000 Hz
1.5 mm
10 g
150 min
20 - 1000 Hz
5 - 2000 Hz
10 g
300 min
11 ms / 6 ms
50 g / 100 g
10
2 ms
100 g
5000
37
38
5. Pin-Assignment / LED-Signaling
5.1 VCXG / .PTP / .XC
5.1.1 Ethernet Interface
Notice
The camera supports PoE (Power over Ethernet) IEEE 802.3af Clause 33, 48V Power supply.
If the camera is simultaneously powered by the Power supply / Digital-IO port and the
Ethernet port (PoE), then the power supply via the Power supply / Digital-IO port is prioritized.
8P8C Modular Jack (RJ45) with LEDs
8 1
1 MX1+
2 MX1-
3 MX2+
4 MX3+
5 MX3-
6 MX2-
7 MX4+
8 MX4-
Dimension - Free Connector (cable)
From overmold to plug stop (A1)
From overmold to tip of thumbscrews (B1)
Type090
9.0mm (-0.50, +0.00)
4.25mm (-1.00, +0.25)
Dimension – Fixed Connector (camera)
From contact point to plug stop (A2)
Type090
9.0mm (-0.00, +1.00)
From contact point to bottom of thumbscrew thread (B2) 4.5mm (-0.00, +1)
5.1.2 Power Supply and IOs
Power Supply / Digital-IOs (on camera side) wire colors of the connecting cable (ordered separately )
4
3
2
5
6 1
8
1 GPIO (Line2)
2 Power V
CC
3 IN1 (Line0)
4 GND IN1 white brown green yellow
7
8
5
6
7
Power V
CC
OUT1
OUT1 (Line3)
GND (Power, GPIO)
GPIO (Line1) grey pink blue red
5.1.3 GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output)
Lines 1 and 2 are GPIOs and can be inputs and outputs.
(0 ... .0.8 V low, 2.0 ... 30 V high). Used as an input:
Used as an output: (0 ... .0.4 V low, 2.4 ... 3.3 V high),
@ 1 mA load (high) / 50 mA sink (low)
Caution
The General Purpose IOs (GPIOs) are not potential-free and do not have an overrun cut-off. Incorrect wiring (overvoltage, undervoltage or voltage rever sal) can lead to defects within the electronics system.
GPIO Power V
CC
:
Load resistor for TTL-High-Level:
3.3 V DC approx. 2.7 kΩ
The GPIOs are configured as an input through the default camera settings.
They must be connected to GPIO_GND if not used or not configured as an output. The configuration as output by default (stored in a user set) is pos sible with cameras ≥ Release 3.
FPGA
FPGA
Input
3.3 V
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.0 V .. 30 V
Low:
0 V .. 0.8 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
FPGA
FPGA
Output
3.3 V
300
Ω
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.4 .. 3.3 V
I sink max.
= 50 mA
Low:
0 V .. 0.4 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
39
5.1.4 Digital-IO
Camera Customer Device
IO Power VCC OUT1
RL
Pin 5
OUT1
IO GND
Pin 6
U
24V
0 t
OFF
Digital Output: Low Active t
ON t
Camera Customer Device
IO Power VCC OUT1
Pin 5
OUT1
Pin 6
RL
IO GND
U
24V
0 t
ON
Digital Output: High Active t t
OFF
IN1
Customer Device
DRV
Pin 3
Camera
GND IN1
Pin 4
Digital Input
5.1.5 LED Signaling
40
LED positions on Baumer VCXG cameras.
LED
1
2
1 2
Signal green static green flash yellow static yellow flash
Meaning link active receiving error transmitting
5.2 VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP
5.2.1 Ethernet Interface
Notice
The camera supports PoE (Power over Ethernet) IEEE 802.3af Clause 33, 48V Power supply.
If the camera is simultaneously powered by the Power supply / Digital-IO port and the
Ethernet port (PoE), then the power supply via the Power supply / Digital-IO port is prioritized.
IP
Protection
Caution!
In order to achieve the mentioned IP protection level, the M12 connectors need to be tightened with a torque value of 0.4 Nm.
For that Baumer suggests the use of a torque driver (such as Wiha
TorqueVario ® -S ESD) in combination with a wrench for assembling sensor/ actuator cables with M12 connector (such as Phoenix Contact SAC BIT
M12-D15).
Ethernet
(SACC-CI-M12FS-8CON-L180-10G)
1 MX1+
2 MX1-
3 MX2+
4 MX2-
7
8
6
5
1
2
4
3
5 MX4+
6 MX4-
7 MX3-
8 MX3+
5.2.2 Power Supply and IOs
2
3
4
5
6
Power Supply / Digital-IOs (on camera side)
(SACC-CI-M12MS-12CON-L180) wire colors of the connecting cable (ordered separately )
5
4
3 2
10
6
11 12
7
8
1
9
1 Power V
CC
GND (Power)
IN1 (Line0)
OUT1 (Line4)
IN2 (Line1)
OUT2 (Line5) brown blue white green pink yellow
7 OUT3 (Line6)
8 IN3 (Line2)
9 OUT4 (Line7)
10 IN4 (Line3)
11 GND (IO)
12 Power (IO) black grey red violet grey-pink red-blue
41
42
5.2.3 Digital-IO
Camera
Line0
Line1
Line2
Line3
Line6
Line7
Line4
Line5 current limiter cable termination current limiter cable termination current limiter cable termination current limiter cable termination
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
I
IN
Pin 5
I
IN
Pin 8
I
IN
Power Vcc 12 – 24 V
GND (Power)
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
Pin 10
I
IN
IN 4
Pin 12
Pin 4
I
OUT
R
L
Power (IO) 12 – 48 V
Out 1
(Line4)
Pin 6
I
OUT
R
L
Out 2
Pin 7
I
OUT
R
L
Out 3
Pin 9
I
OUT
R
L
Pin 11
Out 4
GND (IO)
5.2.4 LED Signaling
LED
1
2
1 2
Signal yellow static yellow flash green static green flash
Meaning error transmitting link active receiving
LED positions on Baumer VCXG.I / .XT cameras.
43
44
5.3 VCXU
5.3.1 USB 3.0 Interface
USB 3.0 Micro B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 VBUS
2 D-
3 D+
4 ID
5 GND
6 MicB_SSTX-
7 MicB_SSTX+
8 GND_DRAIN
9 MicB_SSRX-
10 MicB_SSRX+
Caution
If the camera is connected to an USB2.0 port image transmission is disabled by default. The camera consumes more than 2.5W which is the maximum allowed by the USB2.0 specification. But there is a possibility to activate the image transmission at your own risk!
This activation could damage your computer´s hardware!
Procedure
1.
Open the camera in the Camera Explorer.
2.
Select the Profile GenICam Guru.
3.
Activate the Feature USB2 Support Enable in the category
Device Control .
4.
Disconnect the data connection of the camera to the USB 2.0 port.
5. Connect the data connection of the camera to the USB 2.0 port.
→ Images will be transmitted via the USB 2.0 port .
5.3.2 Digital-IOs
1
2
3
4
Power Supply / Digital-IOs (on camera side) wire colors of the connecting cable (ordered separately )
7
6
5
1
4
8
3
2
GPIO (Line2) not connected
IN1 (Line0)
GND IN1 white brown green yellow
5 Power VCC OUT1
6 OUT1 (Line3)
7 GND GPIO
8 GPIO (Line1) grey pink blue red
5.3.3 GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output)
Lines 1 and 2 are GPIOs and can be inputs and outputs.
(0 ... .0.8 V low, 2.0 ... 30 V high). Used as an input:
Used as an output: (0 ... .0.4 V low, 2.4 ... 3.3 V high),
@ 1 mA load (high) / 50 mA sink (low)
Caution
The General Purpose IOs (GPIOs) are not potential-free and do not have an overrun cut-off. Incorrect wiring (overvoltage, undervoltage or voltage rever sal) can lead to defects within the electronics system.
GPIO Power V
CC
:
Load resistor for TTL-High-Level:
3.3 V DC approx. 2.7 kΩ
The GPIOs are configured as an input through the default camera settings.
They must be connected to GPIO_GND if not used or not configured as an output. The configuration as output by default (stored in a user set) is pos sible with cameras ≥ Release 3.
FPGA
FPGA
Input
3.3 V
300
Ω
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.0 V .. 30 V
Low:
0 V .. 0.8 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
FPGA
FPGA
Output
3.3 V
300
Ω
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.4 .. 3.3 V
I sink max.
= 50 mA
Low:
0 V .. 0.4 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
45
5.3.4 Digital-IO
Camera Customer Device
IO Power VCC
RL
Out
IOUT
IO GND
Camera Customer Device
IO Power VCC
U ext
Pin
IOUT
Out (n)
Pin RL
IO GND
U
24V
0 t
OFF
Digital Output: Low Active
U
24V t t
ON
0 t
ON
Digital Output: High Active t t
OFF
Customer Device
DRV
Camera
IO GND
Digital Input
5.3.5 LED Signaling
46
LED position on Baumer VCXU camera.
LED
LED
Signal green flash green red yellow red flash
Meaning
Power on
USB 3.0 connection
USB 2.0 connection
Readout active
Update
6. Product Specifications
6.1
Spectral Sensitivity
The spectral sensitivity characteristics of monochrome and color matrix sensors for cameras of this series are displayed in the following graphs. The characteristic curves for the sensors do not take the characteristics of lenses and light sources without filters into consideration.
Values relating to the respective technical data sheets.
Filter glasses / Cover glasses
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
300 400 500
Filter glass of color cameras
600 700 800
Wavelength in nm
900 1000 1100 1200
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
300 400
Cover Glass Tube: Acryl
500 600 700 800
Wavelength in nm
900 1000 1100 1200
47
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
300 400 500 600 700 800
Cover Glass Tube: restistant laminated safety cover glass
Wavelength in nm
900 1000 1100 1200
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
0.3 MP sensor.
Cameras
60.0%
50.0%
40.0%
30.0%
20.0%
10.0%
0.0%
300 400 500 600 700
VCXG-02M / VCXU-02M (Python 300)
800 900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
60.0%
50.0%
40.0%
30.0%
20.0%
10.0%
0.0%
300 400 500 600 700
VCXG-02C / VCXU-02C (Python 300)
800 900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
0.4 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-04M / VCXU-04M (IMX 287)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm] VCXG-04C / VCXU-04C (IMX 287)
48
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
1.3 MP sensor.
60.0%
50.0%
40.0%
30.0%
20.0%
10.0%
0.0%
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-13M (.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-13M (Python 1300)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
60.0%
50.0%
40.0%
30.0%
20.0%
10.0%
0.0%
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-13C(.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-13C (Python 1300)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
300 400 500 600
VCXG-13NIR (Python 1300)
NIR
Mono
700 800 900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
1.3 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-15M (.I / .I.XT) (IMX 273)
VCXU-15C
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-15C (.I / .I.XT) (IMX 273)
VCXU-15C
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
1.5 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-22M.R (IMX 290)
VCXU-22M.R
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm] VCXG-22C.R (IMX 290)
VCXU-22C.R
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
2.1 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-23M / VCXU-23M (IMX 174)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-23C / VCXU-23C (IMX 174)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
2.3 MP sensor.
49
50
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
2.3 MP sensor.
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
2.3 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-24M / VCXU-24M (IMX 249)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-24C / VCXG-24M (IMX 249)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-25M(.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-25M (Python 2000)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-25C(.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-25C (Python 2000)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
3.1 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-31M (IMX 252)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-31C (IMX 252)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
3.1 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-32M(.I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-32M (IMX 265)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-32C (.I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-32C (IMX 265)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-50MP (IMX 250MZR-C)
VCXU-50MP
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-50M (IMX 250)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-51M( .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-51M (IMX 264)
900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer monochrome polarized Matrix, cameras with 5.0 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-50C (IMX 250)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
5.0 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-51C (.I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-51C (IMX 264)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
5.0 MP sensor.
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-53M(.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-53M (Python 5000)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
300 400 500 600 700 800
VCXG-53C(.I / .I.XT) / VCXU-53C (Python 5000)
900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
5.3 MP sensor.
51
52
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
5.3 MP sensor.
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
300 400 500 600
VCXG-53NIR (Python 5000)
NIR
Mono
700 800 900 1000 1100
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
6.2 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-65M.R (IMX 178)
VCXU-65M.R
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 450 500
VCXG-65C.R (IMX 178)
VCXU-65C.R
550 600 650 700
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXG-82M (.I / .I.XT)
( Sony ® IMX 546)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
0.6
0.4
0.2
1.0
0.8
0
400 500 600
VCXG-82M(.I / .I.XT)
( Sony ® IMX 546 color)
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with 8
MP sensor.
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
9.0 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-90M (IMX 255)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-90C (IMX 255)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-91M / VCXU-91M (IMX 267)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXU-123M (IMX 253)
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-124M(.I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-124M (IMX 304)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-125M.R (IMX 226)
VCXU-125M.R
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-91C / VCXU-91C (IMX 267)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
9.0 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXU-123C (IMX 253)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
12.3 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-124C(.I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP)
VCXU-124C (IMX 304)
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
12.3 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 450 500
VCXG-125C.R (IMX 226)
VCXU-125C.R
550 600 650 700
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
12.3 MP sensor.
53
54
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
12.2 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXG-127M(.I / .I.XT)
(Sony ® IMX 545)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXG-127C (.I / .I.XT)
(Sony ® IMX 545)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
20 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600 700
VCXG-201M.R (.I / .I.XT) (IMX 183)
VCXU-201M.R
800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 450 500 550
VCXG-201C.R (.I / .I.XT) (IMX 183)
VCXU-201C.R
600 650 700
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
20.1 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-204M (Sony ® IMX 541)
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500 600
VCXG-204C (Sony ® IMX 541)
700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
Spectral sensitivities for
Baumer cameras with
24 MP sensor.
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXG-241M(.I / .I.XT)
( Sony ® IMX 540)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
400 500
VCXG-241C(.I / .I.XT)
( Sony ® IMX 540)
600 700 800 900 1000
Wave Length [nm]
6.2 Sensor position accuracy
The typical accuracy by assumption of the root mean square value is displayed in the figures and the tables below:
6.2.1 VCXG / .XC / .PTP
±
± XM
± XR photosensitive surface of the sensor front filter glass for color cameras thickness:
1 ± 0.1 mm cover glass of sensor thickness: D
14,5 ±0,35
A
Z
Camera
Type
± x
M
[mm]
± y
M
[mm]
± x
R
[mm]
± Y
R
[mm]
z*** typ
[mm]
± α
[°]
VCXG-02* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.55 ± 0.100
0.6
typ
VCXG-04* 0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07 17.63 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXG-13* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.55 ± 0.100
0.6
VCXG-15* 0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07 17.63 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXG-22* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.58 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-23* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
VCXG-24* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXG-25* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXG-32* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-50* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-51* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXG-53* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXG-65* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXG-82* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXG-91* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-124* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-125* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
VCXG-127* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXG-201* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXG-204* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXG-241* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.4
15.8
16.5
16.5
16.5
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
A***
[mm]
16.6
16.4
16.6
16.4
16.6
15.8
15.8
0.55
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.55
0.50
0.50
0.70
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
D**
[mm]
0.55
0.70
0.55
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
typical accuracy by assumption of the root mean square value
* C or M
** Dimension D in this table is from manufacturer datasheet
*** For color add 0.35 mm to nominal value
55
6.2.2 VCXG.I / .I.XT / .I.PTP
± XM
±
± XR typical accuracy by assumption of the root mean square value
* C or M
** Dimension D in this table is from manufacturer datasheet
*** For color add 0.35 mm to nominal value photosensitive surface of the sensor front filter glass for color cameras thickness:
1 ± 0.1 mm cover glass of sensor thickness: D
14,5 ± 0,35
A
Z
Camera
Type
± x
M
[mm]
± y
M
[mm]
± x
R
[mm]
± Y
R
[mm]
z*** typ
[mm]
± α
[°] typ
A***
[mm]
VCXG.I-13* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.55 ± 0.100 0.6
16.6
VCXG.I-15* 0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.4
VCXG.I-25* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
VCXG.I-32* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
VCXG.I-51* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
VCXG.I-53* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
VCXG.I-82* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
15.8
VCXG.I-124* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
VCXG.I-127* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
15.8
VCXG.I-201* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
15.8
VCXG.I-241* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
15.8
D**
[mm]
0.55
0.70
0.55
0.70
0.70
0.55
0.50
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
56
6.2.3 VCXU
±
± XM
± XR photosensitive surface of the sensor front filter glass for color cameras thickness:
1 ± 0.1 mm cover glass of sensor thickness: D
14,5 ±0,35
A
Z
Camera
Type
± x
M
[mm]
± y
M
[mm]
± x
R
[mm]
± Y
R
[mm] z*** typ
[mm]
± α
[°]
VCXU-02* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.55 ± 0.100
0.6
typ
VCXU-04* 0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07 17.63 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXU-13* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.55 ± 0.100
0.6
VCXU-15* 0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07 17.63 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXU-22* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.58 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-23* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
VCXU-24* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
VCXU-25* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXU-31* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-32* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-50* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-51* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-53* 0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05 17.65 ± 0.070
0.6
VCXU-65* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070
0.4
VCXU-90* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-91* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-123* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-124* 0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
VCXU-125* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.4
VCXU-201* 0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06 17.63 ± 0.070 0.6
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.4
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
15.8
A***
[mm]
16.6
16.4
16.6
16.4
16.6
15.8
15.8
16.5
16.5
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.55
0.50
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.50
0.50
D**
[mm]
0.55
0.70
0.55
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.55
0.70
typical accuracy by assumption of the root mean square value
* C or M
** Dimension D in this table is from manufacturer datasheet
*** For color add 0.35 mm to nominal value
57
58
6.3 Software
6.3.1 Baumer GAPI
Baumer GAPI stands for B aumer “ G eneric A pplication P rogramming I nterface”. With this
API Baumer provides an interface for quick and easy integration of Baumer industrial cameras using C++, C, and C# (Windows only). This software interface allows changing to other camera models.
This API supports Windows, Linux and ARM-based platforms.
More information can be found at: www.baumer.com/vision/software
6.3.2 NeoAPI
The NeoAPI is a powerful, user-friendly API for camera integration. It allows quick integra tion of Baumer cameras in C++, C#, and Python with only a few lines of code.
This API supports Windows, Linux and ARM-based platforms.
More information can be found at: www.baumer.com/neoAPI
6.3.3 3 rd Party Software
Strict compliance with the GenICam™ standard allows Baumer to offer the use of 3 rd
Party Software for operation with cameras of this series.
You can find a current listing of 3 rd Party Software, which was tested successfully in com bination with Baumer cameras, at: https://www.baumer.com/c/14180
7. Camera Functions
The camera features are represented by a GenICam™ compliant XML description file.
The following chapter describes all available features included there. Most of the camera's features are standardized in the GenICam™ SFNC and must use the name defined there. Specialized features not mapping to an existing GenICam™ SFNC name are included as vendor-specific within the 'Custom' namespace.
The camera features are functional grouped by Category features. This elements can be used by software to display the features in more organized way.
Notice
Not all features listed here are supported by every camera.
You can view the functionality of your camera in the feature widget
Explorer .
1 of the Camera
Please refer to the appropriate documentation.
1
Camera Explorer ≥ v3.0 with highlighted feature widget
59
60
Category: AcquisitionControl
This chapter describes all features related to image acquisition, including the trigger and exposure control.
7.3.1 AcquisitionAbort
The acquisition abort process is a special case in which the current acquisition is stopped.
If an exposure is running, the exposure is aborted immediately and the image is not read out.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
AcquisitionAbort
AcqusitionControl
ICommand
Write only
7.3.2 AcquisitionFrameCount
Number of frames to acquire in MultiFrame Acquisition mode
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AcquisitionFrameCount
AcqusitionControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
1 - 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.3.3 AcquisitionFrameRate
Controls the acquisition rate (in Hertz) at which the frames are captured.
Notice
For cameras that use the PTP functionality, the generation of the frame rate is based on the synchronized timestamp. This ensures the synchronous recording of frames.
The PtpServoStatus feature must be locked to use this functionality.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AcquisitionFrameRate
AcqusitionControl
IFloat
Read / Write
Hz dedends on camera
7.3.4 AcquisitionFrameRateEnable
Enables the acquisition at the framerate specified by AcquisitionFrameRate.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AcquisitionFrameRateEnable
AcquisitionControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.3.5 AcquisitionMode
Sets the acquisition mode of the device. It defines mainly the number of frames to capture during an acquisition and the way the acquisition stops.
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be edited.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AcquisitionMode
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Continuous
MultiFrame
Frames are captured continuously without external events until stopped with the AcquisitionStop command.
In this mode a predefined number of frames will be cap tured after AcquisitionStart. The AcquisitionFrameCount controls the number of captured frames. Then the acquisition is automatically stopped.
61
62
7.3.6 AcquisitionStart
Once image acquisition has started, the camera processes the images in three steps:
▪
▪ Determining the current set of image parameters
Sensor exposure
▪ Readout from the sensor.
This process is then repeated until the camera is stopped.
Notice
Certain settings which affect the image format can only be adjusted if the camera is stopped.
▪
This includes:
PixelFormat
▪ Region of Interest (OffsetX / OffsetY / Width / Height)
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
AcquisitionStart
AcqusitionControl
-
ICommand
Write only
7.3.7 AcquisitionStatus
Reads the state of the internal acquisition signal selected using AcquisitionStatusSelector .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AcquisitionStatus
AcquisitionControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.3.8 AcquisitionStatusSelector
Selects the internal acquisition signal to read using AcquisitionStatus.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
AcquisitionStatusSelector
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Acquisition Active
Device is currently doing an acquisition of one or many frames.
7.3.9 AcquisitionStop
Stops the Acquisition of the device at the end of the current Frame.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
AcquisitionStop
AcqusitionControl
ICommand
Write only
7.3.10 ExposureAuto (except .PTP / .I.PTP)
Sets the automatic exposure mode when ExposureMode is Timed. The exact algorithm used to implement this control is device-specific.
Notice
For rolling shutter cameras, the function is only available in Sensor Shutter Mode: Rolling Shutter .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureAuto
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Continuous
Off
Once
Exposure duration is constantly adapted by the device to maximize the dynamic range.
Exposure duration is user controlled using Exposure-
Time.
Exposure duration is adapted once by the device. Once it has converged, it returns to the Off state.
7.3.11 ExposureMode
Sets the operation mode of the Exposure (or shutter).
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureMode
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Timed
Timed exposure. The exposure duration time is set using the
ExposureTime or ExposureAuto features and the exposure starts with the FrameStart or LineStart.
63
7.3.12 ExposureTime
On exposure of the sensor, the inclination of photons produces a charge separation on the semiconductors of the pixels. This results in a voltage difference, which is used for signal extraction.
Light
Photon
Pixel
Charge Carrier
Notice
Only for cameras with rolling shutter sensors!
The modification of the Exposure Time is done by reconfigura tion of the sensor.
If the modification oc curs during a sensor readout, the update will be delayed until the end of the current readout.
The signal strength is influenced by the incoming amount of photons. It can be increased by increasing the exposure time (t exposure
).
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureTime
AcqusitionControl
IFloat
Read / Write
μs see tables below
Notice
Due to the sensor, fixed pattern noise effects can occur at high exposure times. You can counteract this by setting the gain to a value of approximately 1.5 and reducing the exposure time accordingly.
Notice
In order to set a short exposure time for cameras with release 2.1, the Short Exposure
Time Enable feature must be enabled.
If the feature Short Exposure Time Enable is enabled and the exposure time is changed e.g. from 20 μsec to lower than 15 μsec, this will change the internal parameters of the sensors and the sensor needs to reinitialize.
This initialization sequence takes about 50 msec. This process is only necessary, if the exposure range is changed. If the new exposure value is within the default exposure range, no initialization is necessary.
Notice
It is not possible to use the Sequencer when the feature Short Exposure Time Enable is enabled.
64
On Baumer CX cameras, the exposure time can be set within the following ranges (step size 1 μsec):
7.3.12.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type t exposure
min * [μsec]
Release 1.1 ׀ Release 2.0 ׀ Release 2.1 ׀ Release
2.2 ׀ Release 3.0 ׀ Release 4.0
t non-selectable range
1)
ExposureTimeGapMin - Exposuret exposure
max
[sec]
TimeGapMax
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M / .XC / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 15 ׀ x ׀ x
35 ׀ 35 ׀ 35 ׀ x ׀ 35 ׀ x
57 ׀ 57 ׀ 57 ׀ x ׀ 57 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x
50 ׀ 50 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
43 ׀ 43 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 21 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ 60 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 85 ׀ 85 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 115 ׀ 115 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 39 ׀ 1
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 15 ׀ x ׀ x
35 ׀ 35 ׀ 35 ׀ x ׀ 35 ׀ x
57 ׀ 57 ׀ 57 ׀ x ׀ 57 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x
50 ׀ 50 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x
43 ׀ 43 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
20 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 21 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x
60 ׀ 60 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 85 ׀ 85 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 115 ׀ 115 ׀ x x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 39 ׀ 1
4 - 22 μs
4 - 30 μs
4 - 33 μs
4 - 38 μs
4 - 22 μs
4 - 30 μs
4 - 33 μs
4 - 38 μs
60
60
60
1
60
60
60
1
1
60
1
1
60
60
60
60
60
1
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1
60
60
60
60
1
1
60
1
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Notice
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-22C.R
In shutter mode Global Reset the exposure time can only be changed when the acquisition is stopped.
In the shutter mode
Rolling Shutter , the acquisition does not have to be stopped.
*) .I/.I.XT only Release
2.1 , 3.0
**) shutter mode Global
Reset
***) shutter mode Rolling
Shutter
1) range only relevant with activated ShortExposureTimeEnable
65
7.3.12.2 VCXU
Camera Type t exposure
min [μsec]
Release 1.1 ׀ Release 2.0 ׀ Release 2.1 ׀ Release 2.2 ׀ Release 2.3 ׀ Release 3.0
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
Notice
VCXU-22M.R / VCXU-
22C.R
In shutter mode Global Reset the exposure time can only be changed when the acquisition is stopped.
In the shutter mode
Rolling Shutter , the acquisition does not have to be stopped.
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
*) shutter mode Global Reset
**) shutter mode Rolling Shutter
30 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ 1
30 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 135 ׀ x ׀ 135 * x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 15 ׀ x ׀ 15 **
28 ׀ 28 ׀ 28 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 28
57 ׀ 57 ׀ 57 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 57
30 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20
26 ׀ 26 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
50 ׀ 50 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
45 ׀ 30 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x
43 ׀ 43 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
30 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 75 ׀ 75 * x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 14׀ 14 ׀ 14 ** x ׀ 37 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
37 ׀ 37 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 44 ׀ x ׀ 44 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 53 ׀ x ׀ 53
30 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
30 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 135 ׀ x ׀ 135 * x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 15 ׀ x ׀ 15 **
45 ׀ 28 ׀ 28 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 28
57 ׀ 57 ׀ 57 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 57
30 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20
26 ׀ 26 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
50 ׀ 50 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
30 ׀ 30 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
43 ׀ 43 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1
30 ׀ 20 ׀ 20 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 20 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 75 ׀ 75 * x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 14׀ 14 ׀ 14 ** x ׀ 37 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ 37 ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ 1 ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 1 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 44 ׀ x ׀ 44 x ׀ x ׀ x ׀ 53 ׀ x ׀ 53
66 t exposure
max
[sec]
60
60
60
60
1
1
60
1
60
1.698*
60**
60
60
1
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1
60
60
60
60
1
1
60
1
60
1.698*
60**
7.3.13 ExposureTimeGapMax (≥ Rel. 4 only)
Returns the maximum value of the exposure time gap.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureTimeGapMax
AcqusitionControl
IFloat
Read only
μs
0 - 2,000,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
7.3.14 ExposureTimeGapMin (≥ Rel. 4 only)
Returns the minimum value of the exposure time gap.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureTimeGapMin
AcqusitionControl
IFloat
Read only
μs
0 - 2,000,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
67
68
7.3.15 ReadoutMode
Specifies the operation mode of the readout for the acquisition.
Image acquisition consists of two separate procedures carried out in succession.
Exposing the pixels on the photosensitive surface of the sensor is only the first part of the image acquisition process. Once this first step is completed, the pixels are read out.
The exposure time (t exposure readout (t readout
) can be adjusted by the user, however, the time needed for the
) is determined by the particular sensor and image format in use.
The cameras can be operated sequential or overlapped depending on the mode and the combination of exposure and readout times used:
Overlapped
In this operation mode, frame (n+1) is ex posed whilst frame (n) is being read out.
Sequentiell
Here, the time intervals are long enough for the exposure and readout to be processed successively.
Exposure Exposure
Readout Readout
If the camera is unable to process incoming trigger signals, which means the camera should be triggered within the interval t notready
, these triggers are skipped. The user will be informed about this fact by means of the event "TriggerSkipped".
Depending on the ReadoutMode t notready
is determined as follows:
ReadoutMode: Overlapped t notready
= t exposure(n)
+ (t readout(n)
- t exposure(n+1)
) + t
Triggerdelay
ReadoutMode: Sequentiell t notready
= t exposure(n)
+ t readout(n)
+ t
Triggerdelay
Notice
In Sensor Shutter Mode: Global Reset t settings.
TriggerDelay
is constant and independent of image
In Sensor Shuttter Mode: Rolling Shutter t
TriggerDelay
is not constant (expect t exposure
< T
Readout
)T
TriggerDelay
depends on image settings like:
▪
▪ ExposureTime
PixelFormat
▪ ...
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ReadoutMode
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Overlapped
Sequential
Overlapped ReadOutMode
Sequential ReadoutMode
7.3.16 ShortExposureTimeEnable
Controls if short exposure time should be supported.
Notice
It is not possible to use the Sequencer when the feature Short Exposure Time Enable is enabled.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ShortExposureTimeEnable
AcquisitionControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.3.17 TriggerActivation
Specifies the activation mode of the trigger.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
TriggerActivation
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
FallingEdge
RisingEdge
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid on the falling edge of the source signal.
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid on the rising edge of the source signal.
7.3.18 TriggerDelay
Specifies the delay in microseconds (us) to apply after the trigger reception before activat ing it.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerDelay
AcqusitionControl
IFloat
Read / Write
μs
0 - 2,000,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
69
70
7.3.19 TriggerMode
Controls if the selected trigger is active.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerMode
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Off
On
Disables the selected trigger.
Enable the selected trigger.
VCXG / VCXU (only cameras with rolling shutter sensors)
The sensor TriggerMode depends on the SensorShutterMode.
Camera Type
(Sensor)
Trigger Mode = On Trigger Mode = Off
Monochrome / Color
Shutter Mode Readout Mode Shutter Mode Readout Mode
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-22C.R
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-22C.R
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-65C.R
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-65C.R
VCXG-201M.R (.I)
VCXG-201C.R (.I)
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-125C.R
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R
VCXU-201C.R
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global
Rolling
Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
7.3.19.1 Timings of the image transmission VCXG
Trigger Mode
The transfer of the first image starts after data for a complete packet size is stored in camera's TX memory. All further images start the transfer immediately after the first one is completed, if the camera works in burst mode with a high frame rate and the sensor acquires images faster than the interface can transfer. These additional pictures are not referenced to the time of the readout. If the sensor is triggered slowly enough, each image will behave like the first image.
Freerun Mode
The transfer of each image starts after data for a complete packet size is stored in the camera's TX memory. Since the sensor delivers more data than the interface can manage, depending on set ROI, images are repeatedly discarded and not transferred. There fore, gaps of different sizes can be created via the GigE interface.
7.3.19.2 Timings of the image transmission VCXU
Trigger Mode
All images are written from sensor into memory as long as free buffers are available. If this burst memory is full, all following images are discarded by the sensor. The transfer of the first image starts with a small delay (about 2 lines). The data is read from the memory and transferred to the interface. The interface can now control reading from memory. Depending on the USB configuration (ThroughputLimit, blank packages), the interface can retrieve the data quickly enough or is lagging.
Freerun Mode
Only one alternating buffer is provided in the memory. The first image is written into the memory and immediately transferred to the interface with a small delay. The second image from the sensor is written into another buffer, which would be transferred immediately afterwards. If the interface is too slow due to the current configuration and the first image has not yet been transferred completely when the third image is already received from the sensor, the third image would overwrite the second one and would be transferred via the interface next.
7.3.20 TriggerOverlap
Specifies the type trigger overlap permitted with the previous frame.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerOverlap
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Read Out Trigger is accepted immediately after the exposure period.
7.3.21 TriggerSelector
Selects the type of trigger to configure.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerSelector
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Frame Start Selects the type of trigger to configure.
7.3.22 TriggerSoftware
Generates a internal trigger. TriggerSource must be set to Software.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerSoftware
AcqusitionControl
ICommand
-
-
Write only
71
72
7.3.23 TriggerSource
Specifies the internal signal or physical input Line to use as the trigger source. The se lected trigger must have its TriggerMode set to On.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TriggerSource
AcqusitionControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see table below
Action1
All
Line0
Line1
Line2
Line3
Line4
Line5
Line6
Line7
Off
Software
VCXG / .XC / .PTP
VCXG.I /.XT / .PTP
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
□
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
VCXU
□
■
■
□
■
□
□
■
7.1 Category: Action Control (GigE only)
Category that contains the Action control features.
7.1.1 ActionDeviceKey
Provides the device key that allows the device to check the validity of action commands.
The device internal assertion of an action signal is only authorized if the ActionDeviceKey and the action device key value in the protocol message are equal.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ActionDeviceKey
ActionControl
IInteger
Write only
HexNumber
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.1.2 ActionGroupKey
Provides the key that the device will use to validate the action on reception of the action protocol message.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ActionGroupKey
ActionControl
IInteger
Read / Write
HexNumber
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.1.3 ActionGroupMask
Provides the mask that the device will use to validate the action on reception of the action protocol message.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ActionGroupMask
ActionControl
IInteger
Read / Write
HexNumber
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.1.4 ActionSelector
Selects to which Action Signal further Action settings apply.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ActionSelector
ActionControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
1 - 1 (Increment: 1)
73
74
7.2 Category: AnalogControl
Features in this chapter describes how to influence the analog features of an image, such as gain, black level, brightness correction and gamma.
7.2.1 BalanceWhiteAuto (color cameras only)
Controls the mode for automatic white balancing between the color channels. The white balancing ratios are automatically adjusted.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BalanceWhiteAuto
AnalogControl
-
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Continuous White balancing is constantly adjusted by the device.
Off White balancing is off.
White balancing is automatically adjusted once by the device. Once it has converged, it automatically returns to the
Off state.
Once
The levelling can take several images.
Notice
When images are acquired in trigger mode, the white bal ance affects on the next acquired image.
7.2.2 BlackLevel
Controls the analog black level as an absolute physical value. This represents a DC offset applied to the video signal.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BlackLevel
AnalogControl
IFloat
Read / Write
see tables below (Increment: 1.00)
7.2.2.1 VCXG / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-02M / VCXG-02C
VCXG-04M / VCXG-04C
VCXG-13M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-13C / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-15C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-22M.R / VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23M / VCXG-23C
VCXG-24M / VCXG-24C
VCXG-25M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-25C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-32C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-51MP
VCXG-51M / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-53C / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R / VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-82C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-91M / VCXG-91C
VCXG-124M / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-124C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R / VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-127C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-201M / .I / .I.XT / VCXG-201C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-204M / VCXG-204C
VCXG-241M / .I / .I.XT / / VCXG-241C / .I / .I.XT
Black Level
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 … 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 … 255 DN12
7.2.2.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXU-02M / VCXU-02C
VCXU-04M / VCXU-04C
VCXU-13M / VCXU-13C
VCXU-15M / VCXU-15C
VCXU-22M.R / VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23M / VCXU-23C
VCXU-24M / VCXU-24C
VCXU-25M / VCXU-25C
VCXU-31M / VCXU-31C
VCXU-32M / VCXU-32C
VCXU-50M / VCXU-50C
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M / VCXU-51C
VCXU-53M / VCXU-53C
VCXU-65M.R / VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90M / VCXU-90C
VCXU-91M / VCXU-91C
VCXU-123M / VCXU-123C
VCXU-124M / VCXU-124C
Black Level
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 63 DN10
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
75
76
VCXU-125M.R / VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R / VCXU-201C.R
0 ... 255 DN12
0 ... 255 DN12
7.2.3 BlackLevelSelector
Selects which Black Level is controlled by the various Black Level features.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BlackLevelSelector
AnalogControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
All Black Level will be applied to all channels or taps.
7.2.4 Gain
Motion blur is unacceptable in high quality image acquisition. Exposure times are therefore limited. However, this results in low output signals from the camera and dark images.
To solve this issue, the signals can be amplified by a user-defined gain factor within the camera.
Notice
Increasing the gain factor also increases image noise.
Controls the selected gain as an absolute physical value.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
Gain
AnalogControl
IIFloat
Read / Write
see tables below
7.2.4.1 VCXG / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M/ .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I / .I.XT
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C/ .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I / .I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241C / .I / .I.XT
1) Release 1.0 ׀ ≥ Release 2.0
Gain [dB] 1)
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...18
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...18
0...48
0...48
0...20
0...48
0…20
0...48
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...48
0...12
0...12
0...48
0...18
0...48
0...48
0...20
0...48
0…20
0...48
0...48
77
78
7.2.4.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
1) Release 1.0 ׀ ≥ Release 2.0
Gain [dB] 1)
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...26
0...48
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...12 ׀ 18
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...20
0...20
0...12
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...12
0...48
0...26
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...48
0...20
0...20
7.2.5 GainAuto (except .PTP / .I.PTP)
Sets the automatic gain control (AGC) mode. The exact algorithm used to implement AGC is device-specific.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
GainAuto
AnalogControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Continuous Gain is constantly adjusted by the device.
Values
Off
Once
Gain is User controlled using Gain.
Gain is automatically adjusted once by the device. Once it has converged, it automatically returns to the Off state.
The levelling can take several images.
7.2.6 GainSelector
Selects which gain is controlled by the various gain feature.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
GainSelector
AnalogControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
All
Blue
Gain will be applied to all channels or taps.
Gain will be applied to the blue channel.
(only color cameras)
Values
GreenRed
Red
Gain will be applied to the green red channel.
(only color cameras)
Gain will be applied to the red channel.
(only color cameras)
79
H
0
Non-linear perception of the human eye.
H - Perception of bright-
ness
E - Energy of light
E
7.2.7 Gamma
This feature offer the possibility of compensating nonlinearity in the perception of light by the human eye.
For this correction, the corrected pixel intensity (Y') is calculated from the original intensity of the sensor's pixel (Y simplified version): original
) and correction factor γ using the following formula (in over-
Y' = Y
γ original
The correction factor γ is adjustable from 0.1 to 2.
The values of the calculated intensities are entered into the Look-Up-Table. Thereby previously existing values within the LUT will be overwritten.
Notice
If the LUT feature is disabled on the software side, the gamma correction feature is disabled, too.
Notice
For cameras with long readout times (e.g.: VCXU-201M.R / VCXU-123M) may cause visual effects while setting a value for gamma and simultaneous image acquisition, be cause access to LUT is not locked against the pixel stream.
This can be prevented by stopping the camera ( AcquisitionStop ) before setting.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
Gamma
AnalogControl
IFloat
-
Read / Write
0.1 - 2.0 (Increment: 0.10)
80
7.3
Category: AutoFeatureControl (≥ Release 3 only,
except .PTP /
.I.PTP
)
Category that contains the auto feature control features.
General Information
Various auto features are available to affect the automatic adjustment of image brightness. Two methods are described below.
BrightAutoPriority = ExposureAuto
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
GainAutoMaxValue
Brightness
Gain
1
Example 1
For image 1, increasing the bright ness with ExposureTime is sufficient to achieve the BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
GainAutoMinValue
ExposureAutoMinValue
1
2
ExposureAutoMaxValue
BrightnessAutoPriority = Exposure
2
Example 2
For image 2, increasing the bright ness with ExposureTime is not enough to reach the value of BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
Therefore, the gain is increased after reaching ExposureAutoMaxValue .
BrightAutoPriority = GainAuto
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
ExposureAuto-
MaxValue
Brightness
Gain
1
Example 1
For image 1, increasing the bright ness with Gain is sufficient to achieve the BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
ExposureAutoMinValue
GainAutoMinValue
1
2
GainAutoMaxValue
BrightnessAutoPriority = Exposure
2
Example 2
For image 2, increasing the bright ness with Gain is not enough to reach the value of BrightnessAutoNominal-
Value.
Therefore, the ExposureTime is in creased after reaching ExposureAutoMaxValue .
81
82
AutoFeature ROI - General Information
You can use the AutoFeature Region of Interest (ROI) function to predefine a so-called region of interest. This ROI is an area of pixels on the sensor.
This function is used if only the image data (e.g. brightness) of a particular region of the image is of interest. The calculated corrections will be applied to the entire image.
The AutoFeature ROI is specified using four values:
▪
▪ AutoFeatureOffsetX - x-coordinate of the first relevant pixel
▪ AutoFeatureOffsetY - y-coordinate of the first relevant pixel
AutoFeatureWidth - horizontal size of the Region
▪ AutoFeatureHeight - vertical size of the Region
AutoFeature ROI in Full Frame
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
AutoFeature ROI in an ROI
Notice
It is possible to set an AutoFeature ROI in an ROI (Category: ImageFormatControl ). The values that can be set for the AutoFeature ROI are adjusted accordingly.
The starting point for AutoFeatureOffsetX and AutoFeatureOffsetY is determined by the
ROI (Category: ImageFormatControl ).
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
End ROI
Start ROI
7.3.1 AutoFeatureHeight
Height of the selected Auto Feature Region (in pixels).
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureHeight
AutoFeatureControl
-
IInteger
Read / Write
see chapter „7.11.9 Height“ on page 153
7.3.2 AutoFeatureOffsetX
Horizontal offset from the origin to the Auto Feature Region (in pixels).
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureOffsetX
AutoFeatureControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 - depends on AutoFeatureWidth
83
84
7.3.3 AutoFeatureOffsetY
Vertical offset from the origin to the Auto Feature Region (in pixels).
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureOffsetY
AutoFeatureControl
-
IInteger
Read / Write
0 - depends on AutoFeatureHeight
7.3.4 AutoFeatureRegionMode
Controls the mode of the selected Auto Feature Region (AutoFeature ROI).
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be edited.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
AutoFeatureRegionMode
AutoFeatureControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Off
On
All settings of the selected AutoFeature ROI are automatically equal to the selected AutoFeatureRegionReference.
The settings of the selected AutoFeature ROI are user defined. The AutoFeature is useable only if the AutoFeature
ROI fits into the AutoFeatureregionReference of the AutoFeature.
7.3.5 AutoFeatureRegionReference
The Reference Region of interest. The Auto Feature Region is part of this region and all
Auto Feature Region features are refs to this Reference Region.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureRegionReference
AutoFeatureControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Region0 The selected Auto Feature Region refs to Region 0.
7.3.6 AutoFeatureRegionSelector
Selects the Region of interest to control. The RegionSelector feature allows devices that are able to extract multiple regions out of an image, to configure the features of those individual regions independently.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureRegionSelector
AutoFeatureControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
BalanceWhite-
Auto
Brightness-
Auto
Selected features will control the region for Balance-
WhiteAuto and ColorTransformationAuto algorithm.
Selected features will control the region for GainAuto and ExposureAuto algorithm.
7.3.7 AutoFeatureWidth
Width of the selected Auto Feature Region (in pixels).
Start AutoFeature ROI
End AutoFeature ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureWidth
AutoFeatureControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
see chapter „7.11.24 Width“ on page 169
85
86
7.3.8 BalanceWhiteAutoStatus
Status of BalanceWhiteAuto.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
AutoFeatureRegionSelector
AutoFeatureControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
ColorGains-
TooHigh
Initial
Start
Success
Underrun
The BalanceWhiteAuto calculation failed since at least one of the calculated color gains exceeds the maximum value.
BalanceWhiteAuto has never been started.
BalanceWhiteAuto is waiting for statistic data.
The last BalanceWhiteAuto calculation succeeded.
The BalanceWhiteAuto calculation failed since at least one color-channel shows invalid statistic data.
7.3.9 BrightnessAutoNominalValue
Sets the nominal value for brightness in percent of full scale. It will be adjust with consider the setting in BrightnessAutoPriority.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
AutoFeatureControl
IFloat
Read / Write
%
5 - 95 (Increment: 1)
7.3.10 BrightnessAutoPriority
The feature set the highest priority auto feature to adjust the brightness.
Notice
When BrightnessAutoPriority is set to GainAuto, the brightening of the image is first achieved by increasing the gain. This can cause image noise, but the frame rate is not reduced.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BrightnessAutoPriority
AutoFeatureControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
ExposureAuto
GainAuto
ExposureAuto has highest priority and will be modified first.
GainAuto has highest priority and will be modified first.
BrightAutoPriority = ExposureAuto
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
GainAutoMaxValue
Brightness
Gain
1
Example 1
For image 1, increasing the bright ness with ExposureTime is sufficient to achieve the BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
GainAutoMinValue
ExposureAutoMinValue
1
2
ExposureAutoMaxValue
BrightnessAutoPriority = Exposure
2
Example 2
For image 2, increasing the bright ness with ExposureTime is not enough to reach the value of BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
Therefore, the gain is increased after reaching ExposureAutoMaxValue .
BrightAutoPriority = GainAuto
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
ExposureAuto-
MaxValue
Brightness
Gain
1
Example 1
For image 1, increasing the bright ness with Gain is sufficient to achieve the BrightnessAutoNominalValue .
ExposureAutoMinValue
GainAutoMinValue
1
2
GainAutoMaxValue
BrightnessAutoPriority = Exposure
2
Example 2
For image 2, increasing the bright ness with Gain is not enough to reach the value of BrightnessAutoNominal-
Value.
Therefore, the ExposureTime is in creased after reaching ExposureAutoMaxValue .
7.3.11 ExposureAutoMaxValue
Maximal value of ExposureTime calculable by exposure auto algorithm.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureAutoMaxValue
AutoFeatureControl
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
Adjustable value depends on the camera.
see chapter „7.3.12 ExposureTime“ on page 64
87
88
7.3.12 ExposureAutoMinValue
Minimal value of ExposureTime calculable by exposure auto algorithm.
Notice
An activated ShortExposureTimeEnable is ignored.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ExposureAutoMinValue
AutoFeatureControl
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
Adjustable value depends on the camera.
see chapter „7.3.12 ExposureTime“ on page 64
7.3.13 GainAutoMaxValue
Maximal value of Gain calculable by gain auto algorithm.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GainAutoMaxValue
AutoFeatureControl
IFloat
Read / Write
-
Adjustable value depends on the camera.
see chapter „7.2.4 Gain“ on page 76
7.3.14 GainAutoMinValue
Minimal value of Gain calculable by gain auto algorithm.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GainAutoMinValue
AutoFeatureControl
IFloat
Read / Write
-
Adjustable value depends on the camera.
see chapter „7.2.4 Gain“ on page 76
7.4 Category: ChunkDataControl
The chunk is a data packet that is generated by the camera and integrated into the payload (every image), if chunk mode is activated. These data include different settings for the respective image. This integrated data packet contains different image settings. Baumer GAPI can read the Image Info Header (Chunk).
There are three Chunk modes:
Image Data
Only the image data are transferred, no Chunk data.
Chunk Data
Only the chunk is transferred, no image data.
Extented Chunk Data
Chunk data and image data are transferred. The Chunk Data are included in the last data packet.
89
90
7.4.1 ChunkEnable
Enables the inclusion of the selected chunk data in the payload of the image.
Notice
You can choose the desired chunk under Chunk Selector .
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be edited.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ChunkEnable
ChunkDataControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.4.2 ChunkModeActive
Activation the inclusion of chunk data in the payload of the image.
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be edited.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ChunkModeActive
ChunkDataControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.4.3 ChunkSelector
Selects which chunk to enable or controlled.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ChunkSelector
ChunkDataControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write see tables below
7.4.3.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP / VCXU
This integrated data packet can contains adjustable settings for the image.
Release 1
Feature
OffsetX
OffsetY
Width
Height
PixelFormat
Description
Horizontal offset from the origin to the area of interest (in pixels).
Vertical offset from the origin to the area of interest
(in pixels).
Returns the width of the image included in the payload.
Returns the height of the image included in the payload.
Returns the pixel format of the image included in the payload.
BinningHorizontal
BinningVertical
Number of horizontal photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
Number of vertical photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
ImageControl (subordinate features only together selectable)
BrightnessCorrection On/Off for the Brightness Correction.
DefectPixelCorrection On/Off the correction of defect pixels.
LUTSelector
LUTEnable
ReverseX
Selects the Chunk LUT.
On/Off the selected LUT.
ReverseY
ExposureTime
BlackLevel
On/Off Flip horizontally the image sent by the device. The
Region of interest is applied after the flipping
On/Off Flip vertically the image sent by the device. The Region of interest is applied after the flipping.
Returns the exposure time used to capture the image.
Returns the black level used to capture the image included in the payload.
GainSelector
Gain
FrameID
Timestamp
Selects which Gain to retrieve data from.
Returns the gain used to capture the image.
Returns the unique Identifier of the frame (or image) included in the payload.
Returns the Timestamp of the image included in the payload at the time of the FrameStart internal event.
DeviceTemperature
ChunkLineStatusAll
Device temperature in degrees Celsius (C). It is measured at the location selected by DeviceTemperatureSelector.
Returns the current status of all available Line signals at time of polling in a single bitfield.
91
92
Release 2
Feature Description
Binning (subordinate features only together selectable)
BinningHorizontal Number of horizontal photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
BinningHorizontalMode Mode of Binnings Horizontal
BinningSelector Where the Binning is calculated.
BinningVertical
BinningVerticalMode
BlackLevel
DeviceTemperature
ExposureTime
FrameID
Region 0 (Binning is calculated in FPGA)
Sensor (Binning is calculated in Sensor)
Number of vertical photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
Mode of Binnings Horizontal
Returns the black level used to capture the image included in the payload.
Device temperature in degrees Celsius (C). It is measured at the location selected by DeviceTemperatureSelector.
Returns the exposure time used to capture the image.
Returns the unique Identifier of the frame (or image) included in the payload.
Gain
Height
Returns the gain used to capture the image.
Returns the height of the image included in the payload.
Image Transmits the Image data in chunk block.
ImageControl (subordinate features only together selectable)
BrightnessCorrection On/Off for the Brightness Correction.
DefectPixelCorrection On/Off the correction of defect pixels.
LUTSelector Selects the Chunk LUT.
LUTEnable
ReverseX
ReverseY
LineStatusAll
OffsetX
OffsetY
PixelFormat
Timestamp
Width
On/Off the selected LUT.
On/Off Flip horizontally the image sent by the device. The
Region of interest is applied after the flipping
On/Off Flip vertically the image sent by the device. The
Region of interest is applied after the flipping.
Returns the current status of all available Line signals at time of polling in a single bitfield.
Horizontal offset from the origin to the area of interest (in pixels).
Vertical offset from the origin to the area of interest
(in pixels).
Returns the pixel format of the image included in the payload.
Returns the Timestamp of the image included in the payload at the time of the FrameStart internal event.
Returns the width of the image included in the payload.
≥ Release 3
Feature Description
Binning (subordinate features only together selectable)
BinningHorizontal Number of horizontal photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
BinningHorizontalMode Mode of Binnings Horizontal
BinningSelector Where the Binning is calculated.
BinningVertical
BinningVerticalMode
BlackLevel
CounterValue
Region 0 (Binning is calculated in FPGA)
Sensor (Binning is calculated in Sensor)
Number of vertical photo-sensitive cells to combine together.
Mode of Binnings Horizontal
Returns the black level used to capture the image included in the payload.
Returns the current value of the selected Counter.
DeviceTemperature Device temperature in degrees Celsius (C). It is measured at the location selected by DeviceTemperatureSelector.
ExposureTime
FrameID
Gain
Height
Image
Returns the exposure time used to capture the image.
Returns the unique Identifier of the frame (or image) included in the payload.
Returns the gain used to capture the image.
Returns the height of the image included in the payload.
Transmits the Image data in chunk block.
ImageControl (subordinate features only together selectable)
BrightnessCorrection On/Off for the Brightness Correction.
DefectPixelCorrection On/Off the correction of defect pixels.
LUTSelector Selects the Chunk LUT.
LUTEnable
ReverseX
ReverseY
LineStatusAll
OffsetX
OffsetY
PixelFormat
SequencerSetActive
On/Off the selected LUT.
On/Off Flip horizontally the image sent by the device. The
Region of interest is applied after the flipping
On/Off Flip vertically the image sent by the device. The
Region of interest is applied after the flipping.
Returns the current status of all available Line signals at time of polling in a single bitfield.
Horizontal offset from the origin to the area of interest (in pixels).
Vertical offset from the origin to the area of interest
(in pixels).
Returns the pixel format of the image included in the payload.
Returns the active sequencer set.
Timestamp
TriggerID
(only .PTP)
Returns the Timestamp of the image included in the payload at the time of the FrameStart internal event.
Returns the Trigger ID and the Trigger Source.
Width
The Trigger ID counts the incoming triggers of the signal selected at TriggerSource . When the signal Action1 is selected, the Request ID and the Source IP of the triggering device are output.
Returns the width of the image included in the payload.
93
94
7.5 Category: ColorTransformationControl (color cameras only)
Category that contains the Color Transformation control features.
Oversimplified, color processing is realized by 4 modules.
r g b
Camera
Module r' g' b'
Bayer
Processor r'' g'' b''
Color-
Transformation
RGB
Color processing modules of color cameras.
White balance
The color signals r (red), g (green) and b (blue) of the sensor are amplified in total and digitized within the camera module.
Within the Bayer processor, the raw signals r', g' and b' are amplified by using of indepen dent factors for each color channel. Then the missing color values are interpolated, which results in new color values (r'', g'', b'').
The next step is the color transformation. Here the previously generated color signals r'', g'' and b'' are converted to optimized RGB (Color adjustment as physical balance of the spectral sensitivities).
7.5.1 ColorTransformationAuto (≥ Release 3 only)
Controls the mode for automatic adjusting the gains of the active transformation matrix.
Notice
The ColorTransformationAuto feature can always be activated and the camera calculates the appropriate color matrices.
If the range of the estimated illumination to the measured reference illuminations exceeds a certain threshold, a white balance is triggered even if BalanceWhiteAuto = off .
However, the matrices in Image Format RAW are not used.
Notice
It is not possible to use the Sequencer when the feature ColorTransformationAuto is enabled.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
ColorTransformationAuto
ColorTransformationControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Color transformation is constantly adjusted by the device.
Continuous
Off
Once
Notice
Color Gains not adjustable.
Color transformation is user controlled using the various
Colortransformation features.
Color transformation is automatically adjusted once by the device. Once it has converged, it automatically returns to the Off state.
Notice
Color Gains not adjustable.
7.5.2 ColorTransformationEnable
Activates the selected Color Transformation module.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ColorTransformationEnable
ColorTransformationControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.5.3 ColorTransformationFactoryListSelector
Selects the OptimizedMatrix for the desired color temperature. All calculated color values are based on the sRGB color space.
When setting an OptimizedMatrix, the ColorGains are also set for the white point match ing the light.
Notice
We recommend to carry out a white balance after setting a matrix.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ColorTransformationFactoryListSelector
ColorTransformationControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
OptimizedMatrix-
For3000K
OptimizedMatrix-
For5000K
OptimizedMatrix-
For6500K
OptimizedMatrix-
For9500K
Matrix is tuned to the color temperature of 3000K.
Matrix is tuned to the color temperature of 5000K.
Matrix is tuned to the color temperature of 6500K.
Matrix is tuned to the color temperature of 9500K.
7.5.4 ColorTransformationOutputColorSpace
Output the color space of the camera.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ColorTransformationOutputColorSpace
ColorTransformationControl
IString
Read only
-
Color space
95
96
7.5.5 ColorTransformationResetToFactoryList
Resets the ColorTransformation to the selected ColorTransformationFactoryList.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
ColorTransformationResetToFactoryList
ColorTransformationControl
ICommand
Write only
7.5.6 ColorTransformationValue
Represents the value of the selected Gain factor inside the Transformation matrix.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ColorTransformationValue
ColorTransformationControl
IFloat
-
Read only
-8.0 – 8.0 (Increment: 1.00)
7.5.7 ColorTransformationValueSelector
Selects the Gain factor of the Transformation matrix to access in the selected Color Transformation module.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ColorTransformationValueSelector
ColorTransformationControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
▪ Gain00
▪ Gain01
▪ Gain02
▪ Gain10
▪
▪
▪
▪ Gain11
▪ Gain12
Gain20
Gain21
Gain22
7.6 Category: CounterAndTimerControl
This chapter lists all features that relates to control and monitoring of Counters and Timers.
7.6.1 CounterDuration
Sets the duration (or number of events) before the CounterEnd event is generated.
When the counter reaches the CounterDuration value, a CounterEnd event is generated, the CounterActive signal becomes inactive and the counter stops counting until a new trigger happens or it is explicitly reset with CounterReset.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterDuration
CounterAndTimerControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.6.2 CounterEventActivation
Selects the Activation mode Event Source signal.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterEventActivation
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
RisingEdge Counts on the Rising Edge of the signal.
FallingEdge Counts on the Falling Edge of the signal.
AnyEdge
Counts on the Falling or rising Edge of the selected signal.
97
98
7.6.3 CounterEventSource
Select the events that will be the source to increment the Counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterEventSource
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
Counter1End
Counter2End
ExposureActive Counts all Exposures.
FrameTransferSkipped Counts when a frame transfer skipped.
Line0
Line1
Line2 *
Line3
*
* / **
Counts the number of Counter1 End.
Counts the number of Counter2 End.
Counts the number of signals on I/O Line0.
Counts the number of signals on I/O Line1.
Counts the number of signals on I/O Line2.
Counts the number of signals on I/O Line3.
FrameTrigger
Off
TriggerSkipped
*) ≥ Release 3
**) only VCXG.I / .XT /.PTP
Counts the number of Frame Start Trigger.
Disable the Counter Reset trigger.
Counts when a Trigger skipped.
7.6.4 CounterReset
Does a software reset of the selected Counter and starts it. The counter starts counting events immediately after the reset unless a Counter trigger is active. CounterReset can be used to reset the Counter independently from the CounterResetSource. To disable the counter temporarily, set CounterEventSource to Off.
Notice
Note that the value of the Counter at time of reset is automatically latched and reflected in the CounterValueAtReset .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
CounterReset
CounterAndTimerControl
ICommand
Write only
7.6.5 CounterResetActivation
Selects the Activation mode of the Counter Reset Source signal.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterResetActivation
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
RisingEdge Resets the counter on the Rising Edge of the signal.
FallingEdge Resets the counter on the Falling Edge of the signal.
AnyEdge
Resets the counter on the Falling or rising Edge of the selected signal.
7.6.6 CounterResetSource
Selects the signals that will be the source to reset the Counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterResetSource
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
Counter1End Resets with the reception of the Counter End.
Counter2End Resets with the reception of the Counter End.
Line0
Line1 *
Resets by the I/O Line0.
Resets by the I/O Line1.
Line2 *
Line3 * / **
Off
Resets by the I/O Line2.
Resets by the I/O Line3.
Disable the Counter Reset trigger.
*) ≥ Release 3
**) only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP
7.6.7 CounterSelector
Selects which Counter to configure.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterSelector
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
Counter1
Counter2
Selects the counter 1.
Selects the counter 2.
99
100
7.6.8 CounterValue
Reads or writes the current value of the selected Counter. Writing to CounterValue is typically used to set the start value.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterValue
CounterAndTimerControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.6.9 CounterValueAtReset
Reads the value of the selected Counter when it was reset by a trigger or by an explicit
CounterReset command.
It represents the last counter value latched before reseting the counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CounterValueAtReset
CounterAndTimerControl
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.6.10 FrameCounter
The FrameCounter is part of the Baumer Image Info Header (chunk) and is added to every image if chunk mode is activated. It is generated by the hardware and can be used to verify that each of the camera's images is transmitted to the PC and received in the right order.
It is possible to set the FrameCounter to a specific value by write this value to the Frame-
Counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
FrameCounter
CounterAndTimerControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.6.11 TimerDelay
Sets the duration (in microseconds) of the delay to apply at the reception of a trigger before starting the Timer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimerDelay
CounterAndTimer
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
0 ... 2,000,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
7.6.12 TimerDuration
Sets the duration (in microseconds) of the Timer pulse.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimerDuration
CounterAndTimer
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
10.000000 ... 2,000,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
7.6.13 TimerSelector
Selects which Timer to configure.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimerSelector
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
Timer1 Selects the Timer 1.
101
102
7.6.14 TimerTriggerActivation
Selects the activation mode of the trigger to start the Timer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
TimerTriggerActivation
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
RisingEdge
FallingEdge
AnyEdge
Starts counting on the Rising Edge of the selected trigger signal.
Starts counting on the Falling Edge of the selected trigger signal.
Starts counting on the Falling or Rising Edge of the selected trigger signal.
7.6.15 TimerTriggerSource
Selects the source of the trigger to start the Timer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimerTriggerSource
CounterAndTimerControl
IEumeration
Read / Write
-
Action1
(only GigE)
ExposureEnd
Starts with the assertion of the chosen action signal.
Starts with the reception of the Exposure End.
ExposureStart Starts with the reception of the Exposure Start.
FrameTransfer-
Skipped
Frame Transfer Skipped.
Line0
Line1
Starts when the specidfied TimerTriggerActivation condition is met on the chosen I/O Line.
Starts when the specified TimerTriggerActivation con dition is met on the chosen I/O Line.
Off
Software
Disables the Timer trigger.
Starts when the trigger was generated by the software.
TriggerSkipped Starts when a trigger was skipped.
7.7
Category: CustomDataControl (≥ Release 3 only)
The feature contains the category of the custom data related features.
7.7.1 CustomData
The feature holds one byte of custom special data.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CustomData
CustomDataControl
-
IInteger
Read / Write
0x0 ... 0xFF (Increment: 1)
7.7.2 CustomDataSelector
The feature selects the index of the custom data byte array.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CustomDataSelector
CustomDataControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 127 (Increment: 1)
103
104
7.8
Category: DeviceControl
Category for device information and control.
7.8.1 DeviceCharacterSet
Character set used by the strings of the device`s bootstrap registers.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceCharacterSet
DeviceControl
-
IEnumeration
Read only
ASCII
UTF16
UTF8
Device use ASCII character set.
Device use UTF16 character set.
Device use UTF8 character set.
7.8.2 DeviceEventChannelCount
Indicates the number of event channels supported by the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceEventChannelCount
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.8.3 DeviceFamilyName
Identifier of the product family of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceFamilyName
DeviceControl
IString
Read only
device family name
7.8.4 DeviceFirmwareVersion
Version of the firmware in the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceFirmwareVersion
DeviceControl
IString
Read only
e.g. CID:000057/PID:11194280
7.8.5 DeviceGenCPVersionMajor
Major version of the GenCP protocol supported by the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceGenCPVersionMajor
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.8.6 DeviceGenCPVersionMinor
Minor version of the GenCP protocol supported by the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceGenCPVersionMinor
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.8.7 DeviceLinkCommandTimeout
Indicates the current command timeout of the specific Link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkCommandTimeout
DeviceControl
IFloat
Read only
µs
200,000.000000 (Increment: 1)
105
106
7.8.8 DeviceLinkHeartbeatMode
Activate or deactivate the Link`s heartbeat.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkHeartbeatMode
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
On
Off
Enables the Link heartbeat.
Disables the Link heartbeat.
7.8.9 DeviceLinkHeartbeatTimeout
Controls the current heartbeat timeout of the specific Link.
If this time is exceeded without a read access, the camera disconnects itself to be ready for the next connection of another application, or reconnection of the restarted PC ap plication.
The exceedance can be caused, for example, by a crashed software or a CPU overload of the PC.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkHeartbeatTimeout
DeviceControl
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
500,000.000000 ... 4,294,967,295,000.000000 (Increment: 1)
7.8.10 DeviceLinkSelector
Selects which Link of the device to control.
Generally, a device has only one Link that can be composed of one or many connections.
But if there are many, this selector can be used to target a particular Link of the device with certain features.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkSelector
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 0 (Increment: 1)
7.8.11 DeviceLinkSpeed
Indicates the speed of transmission negotiated on the specified link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkSpeed
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
Bps
0 ... 9223372036854775807 (Increment: 1)
7.8.12 DeviceLinkThroughputLimit
Limits the maximum bandwidth of the data that will be streamed out by the device on the selected Link. If necessary, delays will be uniformly inserted between transport layer packets in order to control the peak bandwidth.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceLinkThroughputLimit
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read / Write
Bps
GigE: 1250000 ... 125000000 (Increment: 1250000)
USB: 1000000 ... 400000000 (Increment: 1000000)
7.8.13 DeviceManufacturerInfo
Manufacturer information about the device.
The content might look as follows:
Firmware (F) / FPGA (C) / BL3-Version (BL)
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceManufacturerInfo
DeviceControl
IString
Read only
e. g. F:00007F9A/C:0180802D/BL3.8:00000081
107
108
7.8.14 DeviceModelName
Model of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceModelName
DeviceControl
IString
Read only
model name of the camera
7.8.15 DeviceRegistersEndiannes
Endianess of the register of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceRegistersEndianness
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
Big
Little
Device registers are big Endian.
Device registers are little Endian
7.8.16 DeviceReset
The Device Reset feature corresponds with the camera's switched on and switched off states. Using this means it is no longer necessary to disconnect the power supply.
Notice
The execution of this feature may take several seconds.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
DeviceReset
DeviceControl
ICommand
Write only
7.8.17 DeviceResetToDeliveryState
By executing this feature, the camera is set to the factory settings. The settings stored in the camera (e.g. UserSets ) will be lost.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceResetToDeliveryState
DeviceControl
ICommand
-
-
Write only
7.8.18 DeviceSFNCVersionMajor
Major version of the Standard Features Naming Convention that was used to create the device`s GenICam XML.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceSFNCVersionMajor
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
>0
7.8.19 DeviceSFNCVersionMinor
Minor version of the Standard Features Naming Convention that was used to create the device`s GenICam XML.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceSFNCVersionMinor
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
>0
109
110
7.8.20 DeviceSFNCVersionSubMinor
Sub minor version of the Standard Features Naming Convention that was used to create the device`s GenICam XML.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceSFNCVersionSubMinor
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
>0
7.8.21 DeviceScanType
Scan type of the sensor of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceScanType
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Areascan 2D Sensor.
7.8.22 DeviceSensorType
This feature specifies the type of the sensor.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceSensorType
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
CCD
CMOS
CCD sensor.
CMOS sensor.
7.8.23 DeviceSerialNumber
Device`s serial number. This string is a unique identifier of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceSerialNumber
DeviceControl
IString
-
Read only e.g. 1117281217
7.8.24 DeviceStreamChannelCount
Indicates the number of streaming channels supported by the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceStreamChannelCount
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.8.25 DeviceStreamChannelEndianness
Endianness of multi-byte pixel data for this stream.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceStreamChannelEndianness
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Big
Little
Endianness of multi-byte pixel data for this stream is big
Endian.
Endianness of multi-byte pixel data for this stream is little
Endian.
7.8.26 DeviceStreamChannelPacketSize
Specifies the stream packet size, in bytes, to send on the selected channel for a Transmit ter or specifies the maximum packet size supported by a receiver.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceStreamChannelPacketSize
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
Byte
576 ... 9000 (Increment: 2)
7.8.27 DeviceStreamChannelSelector
Selects the stream channel to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceStreamChannelSelector
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 0 (Increment: 1)
111
112
7.8.28 DeviceStreamChannelType
Reports the type of the stream channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceStreamChannelType
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Receiver Data stream reiceiver channel.
Transmitter Data stream transmitter channel.
7.8.29 DeviceTLType
Transport Type of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTLType
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
GigEVision
USB3Vision
7.8.30 DeviceTLVersionMajor
Major version of the Transport Layer (GigE Vision ® version) of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTLVersionMajor
DeviceControl
-
IInteger
Read only
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.8.31 DeviceTLVersionMinor
Minor version of the Transport Layer (GigE Vision ® version) of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTLVersionMinor
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.8.32 DeviceTLVersionSubMinor
Minor version of the Transport Layer (GigE Vision ® version) of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTLVersionSubMinor
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 9223372036854775807 (Increment: 1)
7.8.33 DeviceTemperature
Device temperature in degrees Celsius (C). It is measured at the location selected by
DeviceTemperatureSelector .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperature
DeviceControl
IFloat
Read only
° C
-127.0 ... 127.0
7.8.34 DeviceTemperatureExceeded
Returns if the device operates in critical temperature range.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperatureExceeded
DeviceControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.8.35 DeviceTemperatureSelector
Selects the location within the device, where the temperature will be measured.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperatureSelector
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
InHouse Temperature inside the camera housing.
113
114
7.8.36 DeviceTemperatureStatus
Returns the current temperature status of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperatureStatus
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
Exceeded Device operates in critical temperature range.
High
Normal
Device operates in increased temperature range.
Device operates in normal temperature range.
7.8.37 DeviceTemperatureStatusTransition
Temperature threshold for selected status transition in degrees Celsius (C).
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperatureStatusTransition
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read / Write
° C
-126.0 ... 72.0
7.8.38 DeviceTemperatureStatusTransitionSelector (≥ Rel. 2 only)
Selects which temperature transition is controlled by the DeviceTemperatureStatusTransition feature.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceTemperatureStatusTransitionSelector
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Exceeded-
ToNormal
HighToExceeded
NormalTo-
High
Temperature threshold for transition from status Exceeded back to status Normal.
Temperature threshold for transition from status High to status Exceeded.
Temperature threshold for transition from status Normal to status High.
temperature curve
HighToExceed fixed value (camera shutdown if exceeded) Cooling measures recommended
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
NormalToHigh freely programmable value
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
ExceedToNormal
(Device Temperature < ExceededToNormal) freely programmable value
Time
7.8.39 DeviceType
Returns the device type.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceType
DeviceControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Transmitter Data stream transmitter device.
7.8.40 DeviceUserID
User-programmable device identifier.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceUserID
DeviceControl
IString
-
Read / Write e.g. "camera 1" (max. length 64)
7.8.41 DeviceVendorName
Name of the manufacturer of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceVendorName
DeviceControl
IString
Read only
-
Name of the camera manufacturer
7.8.42 DeviceVersion
Version of the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DeviceVersion
DeviceControl
IString
-
Read only e.g. R1.0.0
115
116
7.8.43 ReadOutTime
Readout time in µs for current format settings.
Notice
▪
▪
▪
Read Out Time depends on:
▪ OffsetY
Height
PixelFormat
SensorBinning
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ReadOutTime
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only
µs
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.8.44 TimestampLatch
Latches the current timestamp counter into TimestampLatchValue .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
TimestampLatch
DeviceControl
ICommand
Write only
1123354
1123254
1123154
1123054
1122754
1122654
1122554
1122454
1122354
7.8.45 TimestampLatchValue
Returns the latched value of the timestamp counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimestampLatchValue
DeviceControl
IInteger
Read only ns
≥0 (Increment: 8 (GigE) / 10 (USB))
7.8.46 TimestampLatchValuePtpDays
The feature returns the latched value of the Ptp timestamp in days since 01.01.1970
00:00:00.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TimestampLatchValuePtpDays
DeviceControl
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 9223372036854775807 (Increment: 1)
7.8.47 TimestampReset
Resets the current value of the device timestamp counter.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
TimestampReset
DeviceControl
ICommand
Write only
117
118
7.8.48 USB2SupportEnable
Enable or disable the streaming support for USB 2.0.
Caution
If the camera is connected to an USB 2.0 port image transmission is disabled by default. The camera consumes more than 2.5W which is the maximum allowed by the USB 2.0 specification. But there is a possibility to activate the image transmission at your own risk!
This activation could damage your computer´s hardware!
Procedure
1.
Open the camera in the Camera Explorer.
2.
Select the Profile GenICam Guru.
3.
Activate the Feature USB2 Support Enable in the category
Device Control .
4.
Disconnect the data connection of the camera to the USB 2.0 port.
5. Connect the data connection of the camera to the USB 2.0 port.
6. Images will be transmitted via the USB 2.0 port.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
USB2SupportEnable
DeviceControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.9 Category: DigitalIOControl
The Digital I/O chapter covers the features required to control the general Input and Output signals of the device.
U
30V
Trigger
Trigger signals are used to synchronize the camera exposure and a machine cycle or, in case of a software trigger, to take images at predefined time intervals.
11V
4.5V
0
Trigger (valid)
A
Exposure
B
Readout
C
Time
A - Trigger delay
B - Exposure time
C - Readout time
Different trigger sources can be used here.
high low t
Trigger Source (Examples of possible trigger sources) og ra mm able logic co olle ntr others ph oto
electric sens or
Har dware
trigger trigge r signal br dc as t
(VC
XG / .I / .I
.XT
on so ftwa re trigge r
VCXU
Trigger Delay:
The trigger delay is a flexible user-defined delay between the given trigger impulse and the image capture. The delay time can be set between 0.0
μs and 2.0 s in increments of 1 μs. Where there are multiple triggers during the delay, the triggers will also be stored and delayed. The buffer is able to store up to
512 trigger signals during the delay.
Your benefits:
▪ No need for an external trigger sensor to be perfectly aligned
▪ Different objects can be captured without hardware changes
VCXG / .I / .I.XT
Each trigger source must be activated separately. When the trigger mode is activated, the hardware trigger is activated by default.
119
120
Debouncer (LineDebouncerHighTimeAbs / LineDebouncerLowTimeAbs)
The basic idea behind this features was to separate interfering signals (short peaks) from valid square wave signals, which can be important in industrial environments. Debouncing means that invalid signals are filtered out, and signals lasting longer than a user-defined testing time t
DebounceHigh
will be recognized and routed to the camera to induce a trigger.
In order to detect the end of a valid signal and filter out possible jitters within the signal, a second testing time t
DebounceLow was introduced. The timing for this can also be adjusted by the user. If the signal value falls to state low and does not rise within t recognized as the end of the signal.
DebounceLow
, this is
The debouncing times t
DebounceHigh ments of 1 μs.
and t
DebounceLow
are adjustable from 0 to 5 ms in incre-
Notice
Please note that the edges of valid trigger signals are shifted by t bounceLow
!
DebounceHigh and t
De-
Depending on these two timings, the trigger signal may be temporally stretched or compressed.
U
30V
Incoming signals
(valid and invalid)
11V
4.5V
0
∆t
1
∆t
2
∆t
3
∆t
4
∆t
5
∆t
6 high low t
Debouncer t
DebounceHigh t
DebounceLow t
U
30V
Filtered signal
11V
4.5V
0 high t t
∆t x
- high time of the signal
DebounceHigh
DebounceLow
- user-defined debouncer delay for state high
- user-defined debouncer delay for state low low t
7.9.1 LineDebouncerHighTimeAbs
Sets the absolute value of the selected line debouncer time in microseconds for switch from low to high.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineDebouncerHighTimeAbs
DigitalIOControl
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
0.000000 - 5,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
7.9.2 LineDebouncerLowTimeAbs
Sets the absolute value of the selected line debouncer time in microseconds for switch from high to low.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineDebouncerLowTimeAbs
DigitalIOControl
IFloat
Read / Write
µs
0.000000 - 5,000.000000 (Increment: 1.00)
121
122
7.9.3 LineFormat (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Controls the current electrical format of the selected physical input or output Line.
By switching the LineFormat, the behavior of the outputs can be adapted to the respective installation.
Notice
In all modes the supply voltage for the outputs (Pin 11, 12) must to be connected!
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
LineFormat
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write see table below
The following line formats are available for each of the 4 outputs:
Modes Description
Push-
Pull
This mode is used to generate sharp edges for fast switching processes.
Circuit
Camera
Advantage: Sharp edges in both directions.
Power (IO)
GND (IO)
Output
I
Open-
Source
Disadvantage: For long cable more susceptible to ground bounce and potential differences.
Typical applications for this mode are:
PLC input, control of illumination con nected to ground.
Advantage: Stable at long cable lengths and potential differences.
Camera
Open-
Drain
Disadvantage: The falling edge has a lower slope due to parasitic capacitances. Switching off is slower due to this lower slope.
A typical case of application for this mode is a illumination control connected to plus.
Advantage: Stable at long cable lengths and potential differences.
Disadvantage: The rising edge has a lower slope due to parasitic capacitances. Switching off is slower due to this lower slope.
Camera
Camera
Output
GND (IO) t on
I t off
Power (IO)
Output
I
GND (IO)
Power (IO)
I
Output
SPS
Power (IO)
GND (IO) t off t on
Tri-
State
In this mode, the output is disabled.
Camera
Power (IO)
Output
GND (IO)
7.9.4 LineInverter
Controls the inversion of the signal of the selected input or output Line.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineInverter
DigitalIOControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.9.5 LineMode
Controls if the physical Line is used to Input or Output a signal.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
LineMode
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Input The selected physical line is used to Input an electrical signal.
Values
123
124
7.9.6 LinePWMConfigurationMode (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Activates the Features LinePWMMaxDuration and LinePWMMaxDutyCycle .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
Off
On
LinePWMConfigurationMode
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Disables the line PWM configuration mode.
Enables the line PWM configuration mode.
With the function Pulse Width Modulated Outputs (PWM) it is possible to control an illumination controller or an illumination directly connected to the camera in various ways. The set LineSource is used as a signal for the control.
Caution
Erroneous settings can destroy the illumination! The outputs of the camera are protected against destruction. Please follow the information in the data sheets for your illumination. Contact the manufacturer of the illumination if you are unsure about admissible parameters.
Setting a output to a specific illumination
1.
Set to true
2.
Set at LinePWMMaxDutyCycle and LinePWMMaxDuration the maximum admissible parameters of your illumination (e.g. Falcon
FLDR-i90B-IR24).
LinePWMMaxDutyCycle = 10 %
LinePWMMaxDuration = 10 ms
3.
Set LinePWMConfigurationMode to false .
→ The values set in step 2 are now the max. admissible parameters.
Electrical specifications (Output Line4 ... Line7)
Danger!
Use in wet environments requiring IP67 protection
Risk of electric shock. Electric shock can be fatal or cause serious injury.
Use is only permitted under consideration of pollution degree 2 and overvoltage category 2.
The M12 connectors must comply with the IEC 61076-2-101 standard.
The dielectric strength and withstand voltage for the plug/socket combination must be checked according to DIN EN 60664-1:2008-01 for 60 V.
I
Electrical specifications (Output Line4 ... Line7)
U
EXT
OUT
:
: 12 V - 20 % … 48 V + 10 % DC
- max. 1.5 A permanently in sum or per output individually
- Pulse 40 % of the period, max. 2.5 A (t
ON
max 1 s)
- t
ON
= < 0.2 μs / t
OFF
= < 0.2 μs
- max. Frequency: 500 kHz
Notice
In case of overload or short circuit, the outputs are disabled. To re-enable the output, disconnect Power (IO) (pin 12) from the power supply or perform a DeviceReset .
7.9.7 LinePWMDuration (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Sets the pulse time in μs, with which the illumination is pulsed.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMDuration
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read / Write
µs
1 - 5000 (Increment: 1)
7.9.8 LinePWMDutyCycle (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Sets the duty cycle (ratio of pulse duration to period time duration) in %. This value is specified by the connected illumination.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMDutyCycle
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read / Write
%
1 - 100 (Increment: 1)
125
126
7.9.9 LinePWMMaxDuration (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Sets the maximum possible LinePWMDuration time in μs. This value is specified by the connected lighting.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMMaxDuration
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read / Write
µs
1 - 50000 (Increment: 1)
7.9.10 LinePWMMaxDutyCycle (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Sets the maximum possible LinePWMDutyCycle in %. This value is specified by the con nected illumination.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMMaxDutyCycle
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read / Write
%
1 - 100 (Increment: 1)
7.9.11 LinePWMMode (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Selects the PWM mode of the selected output line.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMMode
DigitalIOControl
-
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Fixed
Frequency
Off
The selected output line generate a fixed frequency of puls es starting with every transition from 0 to 1 and stopping with every transition from 1 to 0.
The PWM Mode is off. The output line acts as a normal output.
Timing diagrams of the PWMModes:
FixedFrequency Off
Trigger Trigger
Exposure
LineSource e.g.
ExposureActive
Signal Output
LinePWMDuration
LinePWMMaxDuration
LinePWMOffTime
LinePWMPeriodTime
Exposure
LineSource e.g.
ExposureActive
Signal Output
OnePulse
Trigger
Exposure
LineSource e.g.
ExposureActive
Signal Output
LinePWMDuration
LinePWMMaxDuration
LinePWMOffTime
LinePWMPeriodTime
7.9.12 LinePWMOffTime (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Offers the off time included in the PWM Period in microseconds.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMMaxDutyCycle
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read only
µs
-9223372036854775808 - 9223372036854775808 (Increment: 1)
7.9.13 LinePWMPeriodTime (only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP)
Readout of the entire period in μs.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LinePWMPeriodTime
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read only
µs depends on PWM settings
127
128
7.9.14 LineSelector
Selects the physical line (or pin) of the external device connector to configure.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineSelector
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see table below
Line0
Line1
Line2
Line3
Line4
Line5
Line6
Line7
VCXG
■
■ (GPIO)
■ (GPIO)
□
□
■
□
□
VCXG.I/.I.XT/.PTP
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
VCXU
■
■ (GPIO)
■ (GPIO)
□
□
■
□
□
7.9.14.1 General Purpose Input/Output - GPIO (except VCXG.I/.I.XT/.PTP)
Lines 1 and 2 are GPIOs and can be inputs and outputs.
(0 ... .0.8 V low, 2.0 ... 30 V high). Used as an input:
Used as an output: (0 ... .0.4 V low, 2.4 ... 3.3 V high),
@ 1 mA load (high) / 50 mA sink (low)
Caution
The General Purpose IOs (GPIOs) are not potential-free and do not have an overrun cut-off. Incorrect wiring (overvoltage, undervoltage or voltage rever sal) can lead to defects within the electronics system.
GPIO Power V
CC
:
Load resistor for TTL-High-Level:
3.3 V DC approx. 2.7 kΩ
The GPIOs are configured as an input through the default camera settings.
They must be connected to GPIO_GND if not used or not configured as an output. The configuration as output by default (stored in a user set) is pos sible with cameras ≥ Release 3.
FPGA
FPGA
Input
3.3 V
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.0 V .. 30 V
Low:
0 V .. 0.8 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
FPGA
FPGA
Output
3.3 V
300
Ω
GPIO
Pin 1 / 8
High:
2.4 .. 3.3 V
I sink max.
= 50 mA
Low:
0 V .. 0.4 V
GND GPIO
Pin 7
129
130
7.9.15 LineSource
With this feature, Baumer gives you the option to wire the output connectors to internal signals that are controlled on the software side.
On CX cameras, the output connector can be wired to one of the provided internal signals:
(Output) Line 0
(Output) Line 1*
(Output) Line 2* state selection
(inverter) state high state low state high state low state high state low
IO Matrix signal selection
(software side)
* Example, if the two GPIO's are used as outputs. (only VCXG / VCXU)
* VCXG.I / VCXG.I.XT is equipped with four fixed Outputs (Line0 ... Line3)
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineSource
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see table below
Signals
ExposureActive
Off
Line 0
Line 1
ReadoutActive
Timer1Active
TriggerReady
UserOutput1
UserOutput2
(only ≥ Rel. 2)
UserOutput3
(only ≥ Rel. 2)
UserOutput4
(only VCXG.I /.XT/
.PTP)
Device is doing the exposure of a Frame (or Line).
Line output is disabled (Tri-State).
Device is currently waiting for signal of input line 0.
Device is currently waiting for signal of input line 1.
Device is doing the readout of a Frame.
The chosen Timer is in active state.
Device is ready for trigger.
The chosen User Output Bit state as defined by its current Use rOutputValue.
The chosen User Output Bit state as defined by its current Use rOutputValue.
The chosen User Output Bit state as defined by its current Use rOutputValue.
The chosen User Output Bit state as defined by its current Use rOutputValue.
ExposureActive
This signal is managed by exposure of the sensor.
t
Furthermore, the falling edge of the ExposureActive signal can be used to trigger a movement of the inspected objects. Due to this fact, the span time used for the sensor readout readout
can be used optimally in industrial environments.
Depending on Sensor Shutter Mode (only cameras with Rolling Shutter sensors) , the
ExposureActive signal is active at different times.
Sensor Shutter Mode: Global Reset
Trigger t
TriggerDelay (jitter possible)
ExposureActive
Notice t
In Sensor Shutter
Mode: Global Reset
TriggertDelay
is constant and independent of image settings.
Time
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5
Line 6
Line 7
Line n-3
Line n-2
Line n-1
Line n
...
Shutter
Exposure
Readout
Shading of extraneous light necessary
Sensor Shutter Mode: Rolling Shutter
Trigger t
TriggerDelay (jitter possible)
ExposureActive
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5
Line 6
Line 7
Line n-3
Line n-2
Line n-1
Line n
...
Time
Shutter
Exposure
Readout t t
Notice
In Sensor Shutter
Mode: Rolling Shutter
TriggertDelay is not constant (expect t
Readout
).
exposure
< t
TriggerDelay
depends on image settings like:
▪
▪ ExposureTime
PixelFormat
▪ ...
131
132
7.9.16 LineStatus
Returns the current status of the selected input or output Line.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineStatus
DigitalIOControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.9.17 LineStatusAll
Returns the current status of all available Line signals at time of polling in a single bitfield.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LineStatusAll
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read only
-
Devices-Specific (HexNumber)
7.9.18 UserOutputSelector
Selects which bit of the User Output register will be set by UserOutputValue.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserOutputSelector
DigitalIOControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
UserOutput1 Selects the bit 0 of the User Output register.
UserOutput2 Selects the bit 1 of the User Output register.
UserOutput3 Selects the bit 2 of the User Output register.
UserOutput4 Selects the bit 3 of the User Output register.
7.9.19 UserOutputValue
Sets the value of the bit selected by UserOutputSelector .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserOutputValue
DigitalIOControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.9.20 UserOutputValueAll
Sets the value of all the bits of the User Output register.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserOutputValueAll
DigitalIOControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
133
134
7.10
Category: EventControl
This chapter describes how to control the generation of Events to the host application. An
Event is a message that is sent to the host application to notify it of the occurrence of an internal event.
General Information
The asynchronous message channel is described in the GigE Vision ® standard and offers the possibility of event signaling. There is a timestamp (64 bits) for each announced event, which contains the accurate time the event occurred. Each event can be activated and deactivated separately.
Each event can be activated and deactivated separately ( EventSelector ).
The charts below show some timings for the event signaling by the asynchronous message channel. Vendor-specific events are explained.
EventLost
This signal can be put out when a selected event was lost. The cause may be that too many events occur.
TriggerReady
This event signals whether the camera is able to process incoming trigger signals or not.
Trigger t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Exposure
Readout t readout(n)
Event: TriggerReady t readout(n+1) t notready
TriggerReady
TriggerSkipped
If the camera is unable to process incoming trigger signals, which means the camera should be triggered within the interval t notready
, these triggers are skipped. On Baumer CX cameras the user will be informed about this fact by means of the event "TriggerSkipped".
Trigger t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Exposure t readout(n) t readout(n+1)
Readout t notready
TriggerReady
Event: TriggerSkipped
TriggerSkipped
TriggerOverlapped
This signal is active, as long as the sensor is exposed and read out at the same time. which means the camera is operated overlapped.
Trigger t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Exposure t readout(n) t readout(n+1)
Readout
Event: TriggerOverlapped
Trigger
Overlapped
Once a valid trigger signal occures not within a readout, the " TriggerOverlapped" signal changes to state low.
135
136
ReadoutActive
While the sensor is read out, the camera signals this by means of " ReadoutActive".
Trigger
Exposure t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Event: ReadoutActive t readout(n) t readout(n+1)
Readout
Readout
Active
TransferBufferFull
This event is issued only in trigger mode. It signals that no buffer is available.
Trigger t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Exposure t readout(n) t readout(n+1)
Readout t notready
TriggerReady
Event: TransferBufferFull
BufferReady
TransferBufferReady
This event is issued only in trigger mode. It signals that buffer available.
Trigger
t exposure(n) t exposure(n+1)
Exposure
t readout(n) t readout(n+1)
Readout
t notready
TriggerReady
Event: TransferBufferReady
BufferReady
Transmission
137
138
7.10.20.1 DeviceTemperaturStatusChanged
To prevent damage on the hardware due to high temperatures, the camera is equipped with an emergency shutdown. The DeviceTemperatureStatusTransitionSelector (Category: Device Control ) feature allows you to select different thresholds for temperatures:
NormalToHigh : freely programmable value
HighToExeeded : fixed value (camera shutdown if exceeded)
ExeededToNormal : freely programmable value, temperature for error-free re-ac- tivation of the camera.
In the DeviceTemperatureStatusTransition feature, the temperatures for the programma ble temperature transitions are set.
The event EventDeviceTemperatureStatusChanged is always generated when Device-
TemperatureStatus changes.
If the temperature rises above the value set at HighToExeeded , the DeviceTemperature-
Exceeded feature is set to True , the image recording is stopped, and the LED is set to red.
For further use, the camera must disconnected from the power supply after cooling down or a device reset should be carried out.
The sufficient cooling is recognizable when the event DeviceTemperatureStatus- Changed
(Device Temperature < ExceededToNormal ) is output.
temperature curve
HighToExceed fixed value (camera shutdown if exceeded) Cooling measures recommended
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
NormalToHigh freely programmable value
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
Event:DeviceTemperature-
StatusChanged
ExceedToNormal
(Device Temperature < ExceededToNormal) freely programmable value
Time
7.10.1 EventNotification
Activate or deactivate the notification to the host application of the occurrence of the se lected Event.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
EventNotification
EventControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Off
On
The selected Event notification is disabled.
The selected Event notification is enabled.
7.10.2 EventSelector
Selects which Event to signal to the host application.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
EventSelector
EventControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see table below
VCXG / .XC / .PTP
DeviceTemperatureStatus-
Changed (≥ Rel. 2)
EventLost
ExposureEnd
ExposureStart
FrameEnd
FrameStart
FrameTranferSkipped
VCXG.I / .I.XT / .PTP
DeviceTemperatureStatus-
Changed (≥ Rel. 2)
EventLost
ExposureEnd
ExposureStart
FrameEnd
FrameStart
FrameTranferSkipped
VCXU
DeviceTemperatureStatus-
Changed (≥ Rel. 2)
EventLost
ExposureEnd
ExposureStart
FrameEnd
FrameStart
FrameTranferSkipped
Error Error -
GigEVisionHeartbeatTime-
Out
Line0..3 FallingEdge
Line0..3 RisingEdge
GigEVisionHeartbeatTime-
Out
Line0..7 FallingEdge
Line0..7 RisingEdge
PrimaryApplicationSwitch PrimaryApplicationSwitch -
PtpServoStatusChanged* PtpServoStatusChanged* -
-
Line0..3 FallingEdge
Line0..3 RisingEdge
PtpStatusChanged* PtpStatusChanged* -
Notice
There is a possibility that a large number of events
PtpStatusChanged will be issued as long as PtpServoStatus ≠ Locked .
TransferBufferFull
TransferBufferReady
TriggerOverlapped
TriggerReady
TriggerSkipped
*) .PTP only
Notice
There is a possibility that a large number of events
PtpStatusChanged will be issued as long as PtpServoStatus ≠ Locked .
TransferBufferFull
TransferBufferReady
TriggerOverlapped
TriggerReady,
TriggerSkipped
TransferBufferFull
TransferBufferReady
TriggerOverlapped
TriggerReady
TriggerSkipped
7.10.3 LostEventCounter
Counts lost events.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LostEventCounter
EventControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 9223372036854775807 (Increment: 1)
139
140
7.11 Category: ImageFormatControl
This chapter describes how to influence and determine the image size and format.
Region of Interest (OffsetX / OffsetY / Width / Height) - General Information
You can use the " Region of Interest" (ROI) function to predefine a so-called region of interest or partial scan. This ROI is an area of pixels on the sensor. When an image is acquired, only the information regarding these pixels is transferred to the PC. Not all of the lines on the sensor are read out, which therefore decreases the readout time (t
This increases the frame rate.
readout
).
This function is used if only a particular region of the field of view is of interest. It also reduces the resolution.
The ROI is specified using four values:
▪
▪ OffsetX - x-coordinate of the first relevant pixel
▪ OffsetY - y-coordinate of the first relevant pixel
Width - horizontal size of the ROI
▪ Height - vertical size of the ROI
Start ROI
End ROI
ROI Readout
In the illustration below, the readout time would decrease to 40% of a full frame readout.
Readout lines
Binning (BinningHorizontal / BinningVertical) - General Information
On digital cameras, you can find several operations for progressing sensitivity. One of them is the so-called "Binning ". Here, the charge carriers of neighboring pixels are ag gregated. Thus, the progression is greatly increased by the amount of binned pixels. By using this operation, the progression in sensitivity is coupled to a reduction in resolution.
Higher sensitivity enables shorter exposure times.
Baumer cameras support three types of Binning - vertical, horizontal and bidirectional.
In unidirectional binning, vertically or horizontally neighboring pixels are aggregated and reported to the software as one single "superpixel".
In bidirectional binning, a square of neighboring pixels is aggregated.
Notice
Occuring deviations in brightness after binning can be corrected with Brightness
Correction function.
Monochrome Binning
Binning Illustration Output without
Full frame image, no binning of pixels.
1x2
Vertical binning causes a vertically compressed image with doubled brightness.
2x1
2x2
Horizontal binning causes a horizontally compressed image with doubled brightness.
Bidirectional binning causes both a horizontally and vertically compressed image with quadruple brightness.
141
142
Color Binning
Color Binning is calculating on the camera (no higher frame rates) – The sensor does not support this binning operation.
Color calculated pixel formats
In pixel formats, which are not raw formats (e.g. RGB8), the three calculated color values
(R, G, B) of a pixel will be added with those of the corresponding neighbor pixel during binning.
Binning Illustration color calculation without color calculation
1x2 color calculation
2x1 color calculation Binning 2x2
2x2
RAW pixel formats
In the raw pixel formats (e.g. BayerRG8) the color values of neighboring pixels with the same color are combined.
Binning Illustration without
1x2
2x1
2x2
7.11.1 BinningHorizontal
Number of horizontal photo-sensitive cells to combine together. This increases the intensity (or signal to noise ratio) of the pixels and reduces the horizontal resolution (width) of the image.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BinningHorizontal
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read / Write
see tables below (Increment: 1)
143
7.11.1.1 VCXG / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Notice
On the VCXG-15M binning is calculated in the sensor. In contrast to binning in the
FPGA, the binning in the sensor increases the frame rate.
BinningSelector
[Region0]
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
*) BinningVertical is also switched to 2
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M / .XC /.I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R /.I /.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
144
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
7.11.1.2 VCXU
Notice
On the VCXU-15M, VCXU-90M, VCXU-123M, binning is calculated in the sensor. In contrast to binning in the FPGA, the binning in the sensor increases the frame rate.
Camera Type BinningSelector
[Region0]
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
*) BinningVertical is also switched to 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
145
7.11.2 BinningHorizontalMode
Sets the mode to use to combine horizontal photo-sensitive cells together when Binning-
Horizontal is used.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BinningHorizontalMode
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Average
Sum
The response from the combined cells will be averaged, resulting in increased signal/noise ratio.
The response from the combined cells will be added, resulting in increased sensitivity.
7.11.3 BinningSelector
Selects which binning engine is controlled by the BinningHorizontal and BinningVertical features.
Name
Category
BinningSelector
ImageFormatControl
Interface IEnumeration
Access
Unit
Values
-
Read / Write
Region0
Sensor
Selected feature will control the region 0 (FPGA) binning.
Selected features will control the sensor binning.
The following models are affected:
▪
▪ VCXU-90M
VCXU-123M
Known issues
Due to the sensor applied, some camera models have an offset of one pixel when bin ning performed in the sensor ( BinningSelector = [Sensor] ).
This behavior also occurs with a set Region of Interest (ROI).
Use binning via the FPGA ( BinningSelector = [Region0] ) if this behavior occurs in your application.
Full Frame Binning = OK
BinningSelector = [Region0]
Binning = one pixel offset
BinningSelector = [Sensor]
Full Frame
146
7.11.4 BinningVertical
Number of vertical photo-sensitive cells to combine together. This increases the intensity
(or signal to noise ratio) of the pixels and reduces the vertical resolution (height) of the image.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BinningVertical
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read / Write
see tables below (Increment: 1)
7.11.4.1 VCXG / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Notice
On the VCXG-15M binning is calculated in the sensor. In contrast to binning in the
FPGA, the binning in the sensor increases the frame rate.
BinningSelector
[Region0]
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M /.XC / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
*) BinningHorizontal is also switched to 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2*
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
147
148
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Camera Type
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
BinningSelector
[Region0]
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
7.11.4.2 VCXU
Notice
On the VCXU-15M, VCXU-90M, VCXU-123M, binning is calculated in the sensor. In contrast to binning in the FPGA, the binning in the sensor increases the frame rate.
BinningSelector
[Region0]
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2*
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 2 *
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
Camera Type
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
BinningSelector
[Region0]
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
1 ... 2
BinningSelector
[Sensor]
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
1 ... 1
7.11.5 BinningVerticalMode
The response from the combined cells will be averaged, resulting in increased signal/ noise ratio.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
BinningVerticalMode
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Average
Sum
The response from the combined cells will be averaged, resulting in increased signal/noise ratio.
The response from the combined cells will be added, resulting in increased sensitivity.
149
150
7.11.6 Category: ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl (MP cameras only)
That is the category that contains features to control the calibration of the four polarized light channels.
The Baumer polarization cameras are based on the Sony IMC250MZR Sensor. This sensor is coated with a metal-mesh which filters the polarization information on 4 adjacent pixels. The polarization angle is filtered with an alignment of 0°, 45°, 90° and 135°.
With this information the following data can be calculated:
Baumer GAPI v2.9
ADOLP
AOP
DOLP
Intensity
Baumer GAPI v2.10
Baumer GAPI v2.11
Baumer GAPI v2.12
ADOLP
AOP
DOLP
Intensity
POL0
POL45
POL90
POL135
POLMIN
POLMAX
ADOLP
AOP
DOLP
Intensity
POL0
POL45
POL90
POL135
POLMIN
POLMAX
ADOLP
AOP
DOLP
Intensity
POL0
POL45
POL90
POL135
POLMIN
POLMAX
POL
UNPOL
The Camera Explorer can also be used to view and save polarization data in these formats. The configuration is done in the Polarization widget.
7.11.6.1 CalibrationAngleOfPolarizationOffset
Adds a calibration offset to compensate for an individual "roll" angle of the camera, intro duced by mounting tolerances. The offset is added to all type of output data that incorporates an angle, like false color representation and angle of polarization data. The offset is without effect to raw data and to degree of linear polarization data.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CalibrationAngleOfPolarizationOffset
ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl
IFloat
°
Read / Write
-180 ... 179.9 (Increment: 0.1)
7.11.6.2 CalibrationEnable
Activates the calibration of the four polarized light channels by applying matrix calculations and an angle offset.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CalibrationEnable
ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.11.6.3 CalibrationMatrixValue
Represents the value of the selected gain factor inside the calibration matrix.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CalibrationMatrixValue
ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl
IFloat
-
Read / Write
-8 ... 7.99999999627470970154 (Increment: 0.00001)
151
152
7.11.6.4 CalibrationMatrixValueSelector
Selects the gain factor of the calibration matrix.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
CalibrationMatrixValueSelector
ImageFormatControl → CalibrationControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Gain Gain00 ... Gain23
7.11.7 ComponentEnable (MP cameras only)
Controls, if streaming of the component selected by feature ComponentSelector is active.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ComponentEnable
ImageFormatControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.11.8 ComponentSelector (MP cameras only)
Selects, which data acquisition component to use.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ComponentSelector
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
PolarizedRaw
Acquisition of polarized light intensity. The polarizing fil ters are arranged in a 2-by-2 pattern: 135° and 0° on even lines, 90° and 45° on odd lines. The raw data is unprocessed.
7.11.9 Height
Height of the image provided by the device (in pixels). The selected value changes with the change of Binning.
Notice
The sum of OffsetY and Height must be smaller or equal than HeightMax .
Start ROI
End ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
Height
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write see tables below
153
7.11.9.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Notice
VCXU-201M.R (Rel. 4)
VCXG-201C.R (Rel. 4)
▪
▪
▪
In pixel formats:
▪ Mono8
Mono10
Bayer RG8
Bayer RG10 and Region of Interest
(ROI) ( Height 1649 ...
3648) vertical partial scan will be done in the sensor.
This leads to an increase of the frame rate.
The other area ( Height
1 ... 1648) is done in the FPGA and the frame rate does not increase.
In the other pixel formats, partial scan is done only in the FPGA and the frame rate does not increase either.
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51M / XC .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
*) ≥ Release 3
**) ≥ Release 4
Values
1 * ׀ 2 ... 480 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 540 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2 )
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1024 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 ... 1024 (Increment: 1 )
1 * ׀ 4 ... 1080 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 4)
2 ... 1080 (Increment: 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1536 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
2 ... 2048 (Increment: 2)
1 ... 2832 (Increment: 1 )
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2160 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 3000 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
2 ... 3000 (Increment :2)
1 ... 2992 (Increment: 1 )
2 ... 3648 (Increment: 2)
1 ... 4496 (Increment: 1)
1 ... 4600 ׀ 4592 **) (Increment: 1)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 480 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 540 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1024 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1080 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 ... 1080 (Increment: 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1536 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 ... 2048 (Increment: 4)
2 ... 4832 (Increment: 2)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2160 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 3000 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 ... 3000 (Increment: 4)
2 ... 2992 (Increment: 2)
4 ... 3648 (Increment: 4)
2 ... 4496 (Increment: 2)
2 ... 4592 (Increment: 2)
154
7.11.9.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
*) ≥ Release 3
Values
1 * ׀ 2 ... 480 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 540 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1024 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 4 ... 1080 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 2 ... 1080 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1200 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1536 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 1536 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
2 * ׀ 2 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 4 ... 2160 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 4)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 2160 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
1 * ׀ 4 ... 3000 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 4)
1 * ׀ 2 ... 3000 (Increment: 1 * ׀ 2)
2 * ׀ 2 ... 3000 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 2)
2 * ׀ 2 ... 3648 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 2)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 480 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 540 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1024 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1080 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 * ׀ 4 ... 1080 (Increment: 4 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1200 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ...1536 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 1536 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 * ׀ 4 ... 2048 (Increment: 4 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2160 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 2160 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 3000 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
2 * ׀ 4 ... 3000 (Increment: 2 * ׀ 4)
4 * ׀ 4 ... 3000 (Increment: 4 * ׀ 4)
4 * ׀ 4 ... 3648 (Increment: 4 * ׀ 4)
155
*) ≥ Release 4
156
7.11.10 HeightMax
Maximum height of the image (in pixels). This dimension is calculated after vertical binning, decimation or any other function changing the vertical dimension of the image.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
HeightMax
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
-
Read only
Resolution of the sensor in Y-direction. ( see tables below)
7.11.10.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R.I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Values
480
540
1024
1024
1080
1080
1200
1200
1200
1536
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2832
2160
3000
3000
2992
3648
4496
4600 | 4592 *)
7.11.10.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Camera Type
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R.I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
Values
480
540
1024
1080
1080
1200
1200
1200
1536
1536
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2160
2160
3000
3000
3000
3648
Values
480
540
1024
1080
1080
1200
1200
1200
1536
2048
2048
2048
2832
2160
3000
3000
2992
3648
4496
4592
157
Camera Type
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
VCXU-201M.R
Values
1200
1536
1536
2048
2048
2048
2048
2160
2160
3000
480
540
1024
1080
1080
1200
1200
3000
3000
3648
3648
7.11.11 OffsetX
Horizontal offset from the origin to the region of interest (in pixels).
Notice
The sum of OffsetX and WidthMax must be smaller or equal than WidthMax .
Start ROI
End ROI
158
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
OffsetX
ImageFormatControl
-
IInteger
Read / Write
0 - depends on Width
7.11.12 OffsetY
Vertical offset from the origin to the region of interest (in pixels).
Notice
The sum of OffsetY and Height must be smaller or equal than HeightMax .
Start ROI
End ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
OffsetY
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 - depends on Height
7.11.13 PixelFormat
Format of the pixels provided by the device. It represents all the information provided by
PixelCoding, PixelSize, PixelColorFilter combined in a single feature.
General Information
RAW: Raw data format. Here the data are stored without processing.
Bayer: Raw data format of color sensors.
Color filters are placed on these sensors in a checkerboard pattern, generally in a 50% green, 25% red and 25% blue array.
Mono: Monochrome. The color range of mono images consists of shades of a single color. In general, shades of gray or black-and-white are synonyms for mono chrome.
159
160
RGB: Color model, in which all detectable colors are defined by three coordinates,
Red, Green and Blue.
Red
White
Black
Green
Blue
The three coordinates are displayed within the buffer in the order R, G, B.
BGR: At BGR the interface of the camera mirrors the order of transmission of the color channels from RGB to BGR.
This can save processing power on the computer, because these data can be processed by the graphic card without conversion.
Pixel depth:
In general, pixel depth defines the number of possible different values for each color channel. Mostly this will be 8 bit, which means 2 8 different "colors".
For RGB or BGR these 8 bits per channel equal 24 bits overall.
Two bytes are needed for transmitting more than 8 bits per pixel - even if the second byte is not completely filled with data. In order to save bandwidth, the packed formats were introduced to Baumer CX cameras. In this formats, the unused bits of one pixel are filled with data from the next pixel.
8 bit:
12 bit:
Byte 1 Byte 2 unused bits
Byte 3
Packed:
Byte 1
Pixel 0
Byte 2
Byte 1 Byte 2
Notice
The camera must be stopped before PixelFormat can be set.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PixelFormat
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see tables below
Pixel 1
Byte 3
7.11.13.1 VCXG / .XC/ .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
VCXG-51M/.XC/.I/.I.XT.PTP/.I.PTP
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
■
■
■
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
VCXG-91M ■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT.PTP/.I.PTP
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
■ ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ □ □ □
Notice
VCXU-201M.R (Rel. 4)
VCXG-201C.R (Rel. 4)
▪
▪
▪
In pixel formats:
▪ Mono8
Mono10
Bayer RG8
Bayer RG10 and Region of Interest
(ROI) ( Height 1649 ...
3648) vertical partial scan will be done in the sensor.
This leads to an increase of the frame rate.
The other area ( Height
1 ... 1648) is done in the FPGA and the frame rate does not increase.
In the other pixel formats, partial scan is done only in the FPGA and the frame rate does not increase either.
Camera Type
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
■ ■ □ □ ■ ■ □ □ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ □ □ ■ ■ □ □ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
■ ■ □ □ ■ ■ □ □ ■ ■
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
VCXG-91C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
161
162
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
7.11.13.2 VCXU
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
■
VCXU-201M.R
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Camera Type
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
■
VCXU-201C.R
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
□
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
7.11.14 ReverseX (mono cameras / pixel formats only)
Flip horizontally the image sent by the device. The Region of interest is applied before the flipping.
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be set.
Normal ReverseX
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ReverseX
ImageFormatControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
163
164
7.11.15 ReverseY (monochrome cameras / pixel formats only)
Flip vertically the image sent by the device. The Region of interest is applied before the flipping.
Notice
The camera must be stopped before this feature can be set.
Normal ReverseY
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
ReverseY
ImageFormatControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.11.16 SensorHeight
Effective height of the sensor in pixels.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorHeight
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.11.17 SensorName (≥ Release 3 only)
Product name of the imaging Sensor.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorName
ImageFormatControl
IString
-
Read only e. g. IMX174
7.11.18 SensorPixelHeight (≥ Release 3 only)
Physical size (pitch) in the y direction of a photo sensitive pixel unit.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorPixelHeight
ImageFormatControl
IFloat
Read only um
0.000000 ... 255.000000 (Increment: 1)
7.11.19 SensorPixelWidth (≥ Release 3 only)
Physical size (pitch) in the x direction of a photo sensitive pixel unit.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorPixelWidth
ImageFormatControl
IFloat
Read only um
0.000000 ... 255.000000 (Increment: 1)
165
166
7.11.20 SensorShutterMode
Sets the sensor shutter mode of the camera. The sensor shutter mode depends on the
Trigger Mode.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorShutterModer
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
GlobalReset
Rolling
Global
The shutter opens at the same time for all pixels but ends in a sequential manner. The pixels are exposed for different lengths of time.
The shutter opens and closes sequentially for groups (typically lines) of pixels. All the pixels are exposed for the same length of time but not at the same time.
The shutter opens and closes at the same time for all pixels. All the pixels are exposed for the same length of time at the same time.
VCXG / VCXU (only cameras with rolling shutter sensors)
Camera Type
(Sensor)
Trigger Mode = On Trigger Mode = Off
Monochrome / Color
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-22C.R
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-22C.R
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-65C.R
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-65C.R
Shutter Mode Readout Mode Shutter Mode Readout Mode
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-125C.R
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R
VCXU-201C.R
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset Non-overlapped Global Reset Non-overlapped
Rolling Non-overlapped Rolling Overlapped
Global Reset
Trigger t
TriggerDelay Time
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5
Line 6
Line 7
Line n-3
Line n-2
Line n-1
Line n
...
Shutter
Exposure
Readout
For cameras with rolling shutter sensor and set shutter mode Global Reset, for each frame all of the lines start exposure at the same time but the end of exposure is delayed by the offset of the previous line's readout. The exposure time for each line gradually lengthens.
Data readout for each line begins immediately following the line's exposure. The readout time for each line is the same, but the start and end times are staggered.
An advantage of this shutter mode is a reduction in image artifacts typical of rolling shutters. However, because exposure lengthens throughout the frame, there may be a grad ual increase in brightness from top to bottom of an image.
Rolling Shutter
Trigger t
TriggerDelay Time
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5
Line 6
Line 7
...
Line n-3
Line n-2
Line n-1
Line n
Shutter
Exposure
Readout
For cameras with rolling shutter sensor and set shutter mode Rolling Shutter, for each frame each line begins exposure at an offset equal to each line's readout time. The exposure time for each line is the same, but the start and end times are staggered. Data readout for each line begins immediately following the line's exposure. The readout time for each line is the same, but the start and end times are staggered.
One advantage of a Rolling Shutter is increased sensitivity. However, because exposure starts at different times throughout the frame, there are known artifacts such as skew, wobble, and partial exposure.
Notice
Due to technical issues of rolling shutter, a flash control depending on the exposure time does not make sense.
Such cameras should be used in a continuously illuminated environment.
167
168
7.11.21 SensorWidth
Effective width of the sensor in pixels.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SensorWidth
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read only
-
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.11.22 TestPattern
Selects the type of test pattern that is generated by the device as image source.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
TestPattern
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write see table below
GreyDiagonalRamp
GreyDiagonalRampHorizontalAndVerticalLineMoving
GreyDiagonalRampHorizontalLineMoving
GreyDiagonalRampVerticalLineMoving
GreyHorizontalRamp
GreyHorizontalRampHorizontalAndVerticalLineMoving
GreyHorizontalRampHorizontalLineMoving
GreyHorizontalRampVerticalLineMoving
GreyVerticalRamp
GreyVerticalRampHorizontalAndVerticalLineMoving
Image is filled diagonally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest.
Image is filled diagonally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal and vertical lines.
Image is filled diagonally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal lines.
Image is filled diagonally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving vertical lines.
Image is filled horizontally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest.
Image is filled horizontally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal and vertical lines.
Image is filled horizontally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal lines.
Image is filled horizontally with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving vertical lines.
Image is filled vertically with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest.
Image is filled vertically with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal and vertical lines.
GreyVerticalRampHorizontalLineMoving
GreyVerticalRampVertical-
LineMoving
Image is filled vertically with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving horizontal lines.
Image is filled vertically with an image that goes from the darkest possible value to the brightest with moving vertical lines.
Image is filled with moving horizontal and vertical lines. HorizontalAndVerticalLineMoving
HorizontalLineMoving
Off
VerticalLineMoving
Image is filled with moving horizontal lines.
Image is coming from the sensor.
Image is filled with moving vertical lines.
7.11.23 TestPatternGeneratorSelector
Selects which test pattern generator is controlled by the TestPattern feature.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit -
TestPatternGeneratorSelector
ImageFormatControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
ImageProcessor TestPattern feature will control the image processor.
Values
7.11.24 Width
Width of the image provided by the device (in pixels).
Start ROI
End ROI
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
Width
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read / Write
see tables below
169
170
7.11.24.1 VCXG / .XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M /.XC/.I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
Values
24 ... 640 (Increment: 8)
16 ... 720 (Increment: 16)
24 ... 1280 (Increment: 8)
24 ... 1280 (Increment: 8)
16 ... 1440 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 2592 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 2592 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 3072 (Increment: 16)
32 ... 2848 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4000 (Increment: 16)
32 ... 4096 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 5472 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 4480 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 5312 (Increment: 32)
24 ... 640 (Increment: 8)
16 ... 720 (Increment: 16)
24 ... 1280 (Increment: 8)
16 ... 1440 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 2592 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 3072 (Increment: 16)
32 ... 2848 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4000 (Increment: 16)
32 ... 4096 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 5472 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 4480 (Increment: 32)
32 ... 5312 (Increment: 32)
7.11.24.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
*) ≥ Release 3
Values
24 / 32 * ... 640 (Increment: 8 / 16 * )
16 ... 720 (Increment: 16)
24 / 32 * ... 1280 (Increment: 8 / 16 * )
16 ... 1440 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 2592 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 3072 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4000 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 5472 (Increment: 16)
24 / 32 * ... 640 (Increment: 8 / 16 * )
16 ... 720 (Increment: 16)
24 / 32 * ... 1280 (Increment: 8 / 16 * )
16 ... 1440 (Increment: 32)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 1920 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2048 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 2448 (Increment: 16)
48 ... 2592 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 3072 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4096 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 4000 (Increment: 16)
16 ... 5472 (Increment: 16)
171
172
7.11.25 WidthMax
Maximum width of the image (in pixels). The dimension is calculated after horizontal binning, decimation or any other function changing the horizontal dimension of the image.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
-
WidthMax
ImageFormatControl
IInteger
Read only
Resolution of the sensor in X-direction. ( see tables below)
7.11.25.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M/.XC.I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204M
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
Values
2592
2592
3072
2848
4096
4096
4000
4096
5472
4480
5312
640
720
1280
1280
1440
1920
1920
1920
1920
2048
2448
2448
7.11.25.2 VCXU
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXU-02M
VCXU-04M
VCXU-13M
VCXU-15M
VCXU-22M.R
VCXU-23M
VCXU-24M
VCXU-25M
VCXU-31M
VCXU-32M
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-51M
VCXU-53M
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-91M
VCXU-123M
VCXU-124M
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-201M.R
Camera Type
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
Values
2048
2448
2448
2448
2592
3072
4096
4096
4096
4096
4000
5472
640
720
1280
1440
1920
1920
1920
1920
2048
Values
1920
2048
2448
2592
3072
2848
4096
4096
4000
640
720
1280
1440
1920
1920
1920
4096
5472
4480
5312
173
174
Camera Type
Color
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15C
VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31C
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90C
VCXU-91C
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201C.R
Values
1920
2048
2048
2448
2448
2592
3072
4096
4096
640
720
1280
1440
1920
1920
1920
4096
4096
4000
5472
7.12 Category: LUTControl
Features in this chapter describe the Look-up table (LUT) realated features. For LUT relateted features, certain values are stored in the camera. This includes the coordinates of defective pixels so that they can be corrected.
General information (Pixel Correction)
There is a certain probability of abnormal pixels – so-called defect pixels – occurring within sensors from all manufacturers. The charge quantity of these pixels is not linearly dependent on the exposure time.
The occurrence of these defect pixels is unavoidable and intrinsic to the manufacturing and aging process of the sensors.
The operation of the camera is not affected by these pixels. They only appear as brighter
(warm pixel) or darker (cold pixel) spots on the recorded image.
Distinction of "hot" and "cold" pixels within the recorded image.
Warm Pixel
Cold Pixel
Charge quantity of "hot" and "cold" pixels compared with "normal" pixels:
Charge quantity
„Warm Pixel“
Charge quantity
„Normal Pixel“
Charge quantity
„Cold Pixel“
175
Correction Algorithm (Pixel Correction)
On Baumer cameras the problem of defect pixels is solved as follows:
▪
▪ Possible defect pixels are identified during the production process of the camera.
The coordinates of these pixels are stored in the factory settings of the camera.
▪ Once the sensor readout is completed, correction takes place:
▪ Before any other processing, the values of the neighboring pixels on the left and the right side of the defect pixels, will be read out. (within the same bayer phase for color)
▪ Then the average value of these 2 pixels is determined to correct the first defect pixel
▪ Finally, the value of the defect pixel is is corrected by using the previously corrected pixel and the pixel of the other side of the defect pixel.
176 defect pixel corrected pixel (red) corrected pixel (green)
Examples for the correction of defect pixels
Actual state 7 12 99 8 13 8
Step 1
Correction
7 12 10 8
Example 1
13 8
Actual state 7 12 99 99 13 8
Step 1
Correction
7 12 10 98 13 8
Step 2 7 12 7 10
Example 1
6 8
Actual state 7 12 99 8 98 8 5
Step 1
Correction
7 12 7
Step 2 7 12 7
8 98 8
8 6 8
Example 2
5
5
Actual state 7 12 99 99 98 8 5
Step 1
Correction
7 12 7 99 98 8
Step 2 7 12 7 10 98 8
Step 3 7 12 7 10 6
Example 1
8
5
5
5
Actual state 7 12 99 8 98 8 68 18 15
Step 1
Correction
7 12 7
Step 2 7 12 7
8 98 8 68 18 15
8 7 8 68 18 15
Step 3 7 12 7 8 7 8 11 18 15
Example 2
General Information (Defect Pixel List)
As stated previously, this list is determined during the camera's production and stored in the factory settings.
Additional hot or cold pixels can develop during the lifecycle of a camera. If this happens,
Baumer gives you the option to add their coordinates to the defect pixel list.
You can determine the coordinates 1) of the affected pixels and add them to the list. Once the defect pixel list is stored in a user set, pixel correction is carried out for all coordinates on the defect pixel list.
Notice
There are defect pixels, which occur only under certain environmental parameters.
These include temperatures or exposure settings.
Complete defect pixels that occur in your application.
1) Position in relation to full frame format (raw data format)
Add Defect Pixel to Defect Pixel List with Baumer Camera Explorer
Notice
The addition of defect pixels must be done in FullFrame (without Binning , without Width
/ Height / OffsetX / OffsetY ), in raw data format and without activated color calculation.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start the Camera Explorer . Connect to the camera. Select the profile GenICam
Guru .
Open the category LUT Control .
Locate an empty Defect Pixel List Index .
Defect Pixel List Entry PosX = 0
Defect Pixel List Entry PosY = 0
Avoid using existing coordinates!
Determine the coordinates of the defect pixel. Keep the mouse pointer over the defect pixel. The coordinates of the defect pixel is displayed in the status bar.
For simplification, you can enlarge the image.
Enter the determined coordinates for X ( Defect Pixel List Entry PosX ) and Y
( Defect Pixel List Entry PosY ).
Activate the registered Defect Pixel List Index ( Defect Pixel List Entry Active =
True ).
Stop the camera and start them again to take over the updated coordinates.
7.12.1 DefectPixelCorrection
Enable the correction of defect pixels.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelCorrection
LUTControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.12.2 DefectPixelListEntryActive
Determines if the pixel correction is active for the selected entry.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListEntryActive
LUTControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
177
178
7.12.3 DefectPixelListEntryPosX
X position of the defect pixel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListEntryPosX
LUTControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... Resolution of the sensor in X-direction.
(Increment: 1)
7.12.4 DefectPixelListEntryPosY
Y position of the defect pixel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListEntryPosY
LUTControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... Resolution of the sensor in Y-direction.
(Increment: 1)
7.12.5 DefectPixelListIndex
Index to the pixel correction list.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListIndex
LUTControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 511 (Increment: 1)
7.12.6 DefectPixelListSelector
Selects which Defect Pixel List to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListSelector
LUTControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Pixel Selects Defect Pixel List for defect pixels.
7.12.7 Fixed Pattern Noise Correction (FPNC)
CMOS sensors exhibit nonuniformities that are called Fixed Pattern Noise (FPN). However it is no noise but a fixed variation from pixel to pixel that can be corrected. The advan tage of using this correction is a more homogeneous picture which may simplify the image analysis. Variations from pixel to pixel of the dark signal are called dark signal nonuniformity (DSNU) whereas photo response nonuniformity (PRNU) describes variations of the sensitivity. DNSU is corrected via an offset while PRNU is corrected by a factor.
FPN Correction Off
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
FPN Correction On
Fixed Pattern Noise Correction
LUTControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.12.7.1 VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
Notice
On cameras with Sony sensors additional FPN correction is not necessary.
Camera Type
Monochrome
VCXG-02M
VCXG-04M
VCXG-13M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-13NIR
VCXG-15M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22M.R
VCXG-23M
VCXG-24M
VCXG-25M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-50MP
VCXG-51M /.XC / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-53NIR
VCXG-65M.R
VCXG-82M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91M
VCXG-124M / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-127M / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-125M.R
VCXG-204M
VCXG-201M.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-241M / .I/.I.XT
FPNC
□
□
■
■
□
■
□
□
□
■
□
■
■
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
179
180
Camera Type
Color
VCXG-02C
VCXG-04C
VCXG-13C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-15C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-22C.R
VCXG-23C
VCXG-24C
VCXG-25C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-32C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-51C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-53C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-65C.R
VCXG-82C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-91C
VCXG-124C / .I/.I.XT/.PTP/.I.PTP
VCXG-125C.R
VCXG-127C / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-201C.R / .I/.I.XT
VCXG-204C
VCXG-241C / .I/.I.XT
7.12.7.2 VCXU
Notice
On cameras with Sony sensors additional FPN correction is not necessary.
Camera Type
Monochrome / Color
VCXU-02M / VCXU-02C
VCXU-04M / VCXU-04C
VCXU-13M / VCXU-13C
VCXU-15M / VCXU-15C
VCXU-22M.R / VCXU-22C.R
VCXU-23M / VCXU-23C
VCXU-24M / VCXU-24C
VCXU-25M / VCXU-25C
VCXU-31M / VCXU-31C
VCXU-32M / VCXU-32C
VCXU-50MP
VCXU-50M / VCXU-50C
VCXU-51M / VCXU-51C
VCXU-53M / VCXU-53C
VCXU-65M.R / VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90M / VCXU-90C
VCXU-91M / VCXU-91C
VCXU-123M / VCXU-123C
VCXU-124M / VCXU-124C
VCXU-125M.R / VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R / VCXU-201C.R
FPNC
□
□
□
■
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
■
□
□
■
□
■
□
FPNC
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
■
□
□
■
□
□
□
□
■
□
■
□
7.12.8 LUTContent
Describes the content of the selected LUT.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LUTContent
LUTControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Gamma
The content of the selected LUT is defined by the value of the feature Gamma.
Userdefined
LUT
The content of the selected LUT is user defined.
7.12.9 LUTEnable
Activates the selected The Look-Up-Table (LUT) The LUT is employed on Baumer monochrome and color cameras. It contains 2 12 (4096) values for the available levels. These values can be adjusted by the user.
For color cameras the LUT is applied for all color channels together.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LUTEnable
LUTControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.12.10 LUTIndex
Control the index (offset) of the coefficient to access in the selected LUT.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
DefectPixelListEntryPosX
LUTControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 4 095 (Increment: 1)
181
182
7.12.11 LUTSelector
Selects which LUT to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LUTContent
LUTControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Luminance Selects the Luminance LUT.
7.12.12 LUTValue
Returns the Value at entry LUTIndex of the LUT selected by LUTSelector.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
LUTValue
LUTControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 4095 (Increment: 1)
7.13
Category: MemoryManagement (≥ Rel. 3 only)
Category to support the cameras buffer management in memory.
7.13.1 MemoryMaxBlocks
Maximum count of disposal memory blocks.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
MemoryMaxBlocks
MemoryManagement
IInteger
-
Read only
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.14
Category: SequencerControl (≥ Rel. 2 only)
Category for the Sequencer Control features.
The Sequencer enables the possibility of image series recording including automated re-parameterization of the camera based on different events and signals. Therefore the desired camera settings for each step are stored in so called sequencer sets.
Stringing together a number of these sequencer sets results in a sequence. The connection of sequences is done by using different paths. Alongside the camera features the path related features are also part of a sequencer set.
Sequencer sets
Sequencer sets combine camera features – comparable with a user set – and sequencer
(set and path) related parameters.
Settings for several camera features such as:
▪ Exposure time
▪
▪ Gain
▪ Region of Interest (OffsetX / OffsetY / Width / Height)
User output
▪ Counter can be controlled by the sequencer and thus stored to a sequencer set as well as information for the set switch-over via four different paths.
Sequencer controllable camera features
ExposureTime
Gain (All)
Partial Scan:
OffsetX, OffsetY,
Width, Height
UserOutputValueAll
UserOutputValue
CounterEventSource
CounterEventActivation
CounterResetSource
CounterResetActivation
CounterDuration
TriggerMode
Notice
With the Feature SequencerFeatureSelector you can see all available features of a
Sequencer Set.
Camera feature values
Path 0
Set #
Path 1 Path 2
Path 3
SequencerTriggerActivation SequencerTriggerSourc
Sequencer set and path related features
Each path involves:
▪ the destination for the set switch-over that is mapped by the SequencerSetNext feature
▪ the signal, whose change of state is used for triggering the set switch-over and that is mapped as SequencerTriggerSource
▪ the change of state triggering the set switch-over and that is mapped as ‘Sequencer-
TriggerActivation’
As with user sets the camera’s current settings are overwritten once a sequencer set is loaded and the sequencer is activated.
183
184
Sequencer configuration
In order to avoid overwriting current camera settings while configuring a sequencer, the camera needs to be set to the sequencer configuration mode.
Once the camera is set to the sequencer configuration mode, the individual sequencer sets can be selected via the SequencerSetSelector, configured and saved by executing
SequencerSetSave.
Starting the configured sequence requires to switch the sequencer configuration mode off and to enable the sequencer mode.
7.14.1 SequencerConfigurationMode
Controls if the sequencer configuration mode is active.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerConfigurationMode
SequencerControl
-
IEnumeration
Read / Write
On
Off
Enables the sequencer configuration mode.
Disables the sequencer configuration mode.
7.14.2 SequencerFeatureEnable
Enables the selected feature and make it active in all the sequencer sets.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerFeatureEnable
SequencerControl
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.14.3 SequencerFeatureSelector
Selects the camera features that are controlled by the sequencer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit -
SequencerFeatureSelector
SequencerControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
Values
CounterEventActivation
CounterEvent-
Source
CounterResetActivation
CounterReset-
Source
Selects the Activation mode Event Source signal.
Select the events that will be the source to increment the Counter.
Selects the Activation mode of the Counter Reset
Source signal.
Selects the signals that will be the source to reset the
Counter.
ExposureMode Sets the operation mode of the Exposure (or shutter).
ExposureTime Returns the exposure time used to capture the image.
Gain
Height
OffsetX
OffsetY
TriggerMode
Controls the selected gain as an absolute physical value.
Height of the image provided by the device (in pixels).
Horizontal offset from the origin to the region of interest (in pixels).
Vertical offset from the origin to the region of interest
(in pixels).
Controls if the selected trigger is active.
UserOutputValueAll
Width
Sets the value of all the bits of the User Output register.
Width of the image provided by the device (in pixels).
185
186
7.14.4 SequencerMode
Controls if the sequencer mechanism is active.
Notice
To use this feature, the features BalanceWhiteAuto (color cameras only) and SequencerConfigurationMode must be off.
To write this feature, set TLParamsLocked = 0 .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerMode
SequencerControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
On
Off
Enables the sequencer.
Disables the sequencer.
7.14.5 SequencerPathSelector
Selects the path that contains the settings coming afterward.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerPathSelector
SequencerControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 3 (Increment: 1)
7.14.6 SequencerSetActive
Contains the currently active sequencer set.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerSetActive
SequencerControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 127 (Increment: 1)
7.14.7 SequencerSetLoad
Loads the sequencer set selected by SequencerSetSelector in the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
SequencerSetLoad
SequencerControl
ICommand
Write only
7.14.8 SequencerSetNext
Specifies the next sequencer set.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerSetNext
SequencerControl
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 127 (Increment: 1)
7.14.9 SequencerSetSave
Saves the current device state to the sequencer set selected by the SequencerSetSelector.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerSetSave
SequencerControl
ICommand
-
-
Write only
7.14.10 SequencerSetSelector
Selects the sequencer set to which further feature settings applies.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerSetSelector
SequencerControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 127 (Increment: 1)
187
188
7.14.11 SequencerSetStart
Sets the initial/start sequencer set, which is the first set used within a sequencer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerSetStart
SequencerControl
IInteger
Read / Write
-
0 ... 127 (Increment: 1)
7.14.12 SequencerTriggerActivation
Defines the signals edge that triggers the sequencer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerTriggerActivation
SequencerControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
AnyEdge
FallingEdge
LevelHigh
LevelLow *
*
RisingEdge
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid on the falling or rising edge of the source signal.
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid on the falling edge of the source signal.
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid as long as the level of the source signal is high.
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid as long as the level of the source signal is low.
Specifies that the trigger is considered valid on the rising edge of the source signal.
*) ≥ Release 3
7.14.13 SequencerTriggerSource
Specifies the internal signal or physical input line to use as the sequencer trigger source.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SequencerTriggerSource
SequencerControl
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Off
Counter-
1End
Counter-
2End
Line0
Disables the sequencer trigger.
Starts with the reception of the Counter End.
Starts with the reception of the Counter End.
Specifies Line 0 as external trigger source.
Line1 *
Line2 *
Specifies Line 1 as external trigger source.
Specifies Line 2 as external trigger source.
Line3 */**
Exposure-
Active
ReadOutActive
Specifies Line 3 as external trigger source.
Starts with the reception of the Exposure Active.
Starts with the reception of the Read Out Active.
Timer1End Starts with the reception of the Timer End.
*) ≥ Release 3
**) only VCXG.I / .XT / .PTP / .I.PTP
7.15 Category: TransportLayerControl
This chapter provides the Transport Layer control features.
7.15.1 EnergyEfficientEthernetEnable (≥ Rel. 3 only)
Controls whether the Energy Efficient / Green Ethernet mode (802.3az) in the PHY is activated or not.
Notice
A device reboot is needed for changes to take effect.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
EnergyEfficientEthernetEnable
TansportLayerControl
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
189
190
7.15.2 Category: TransportLayerControl → GigEVision
Category that contains the features pertaining to the GigE Vision transport layer of the device.
7.15.2.1 GVSPConfigurationBlockID64Bit
Enables the 64 bit block ID length.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GVSPConfigurationBlockID64Bit
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.2 GevCCP
Controls the device access privilege of an application.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCCP
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
OpenAccess Open Access.
ExclusiveAccess Exclusive Access.
ControlAccess Control Access.
7.15.2.3 GevCurrentDefaultGateway
Reports the default gateway IP address to be used on the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentDefaultGateway
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read only
IP address
7.15.2.4 GevCurrentIPAddress
Reports the IP address for the given locical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentIPAddress
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read only
-
IP address
7.15.2.5 GevCurrentIPConfigurationDHCP
Controls whether the DHCP IP configuration scheme is activated on the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentIPConfigurationDHCP
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.6 GevCurrentIPConfigurationLLA
Controls whether the Link Local Address IP configuration scheme is activated on the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentIPConfigurationLLA
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
191
192
7.15.2.7 GevCurrentIPConfigurationPersistentIP
Controls whether the PersistentIP configuration scheme is activated on the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentIPConfigurationPersistentIP
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.8 GevCurrentSubnetMask
Reports the subnet mask of the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevCurrentSubnetMask
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read only
IP address
7.15.2.9 GevFirstURL
Indicates the first URL to the GenICam XML device description file. The first URL is used as the first choice by the application to retrieve the GenICam XML device description file.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevFirstURL
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IString
-
Read only
URL
7.15.2.10 GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodes
Enables the generation of extended status codes.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodes
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.11 GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodesSelector
Selects the GigE Vision version to control extended status codes for.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevGVCPExtendedStatusCodesSelector
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IEnumeration
Read / Write
-
Version1_1
Version2_0
Version1_1.
Version2_0.
7.15.2.12 GevGVCPPendingAck
Enables the generation of PENDING_ACK.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevGVCPPendingAck
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.13 GevIPConfigurationStatus
Reports the current IP configuration status.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevIPConfigurationStatus
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IEnumeration
-
Read only
None
PersistentIP
DHCP
LLA
ForceIP
None.
Persistent IP.
DHCP.
LLA.
Force IP.
193
194
7.15.2.14 GevInterfaceSelector
Selects which logical link to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevInterfaceSelector
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
≥ 0
7.15.2.15 GevMACAddress
MAC address of the logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMACAddress
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read only
≥ 0
7.15.2.16 GevMCDA
Controls the destination IP address for the message channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMCDA
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read / Write
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.17 GevMCPHostPort
Controls the port to which the device must send messages.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMCPHostPort
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
-
IInteger
Read / Write
≥ 0
7.15.2.18 GevMCRC
Controls the number of retransmissions allowed when a message channel message times out.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMCRC
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
≥ 0
7.15.2.19 GevMCSP
This feature indicates the source port for the message channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMCSP
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read only
≥ 0
7.15.2.20 GevMCTT
Provides the transmission timeout value in milliseconds.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevMCTT
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read only ms
> 0
7.15.2.21 GevNumberOfInterfaces
Indicates the number of logical links supported by this device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevNumberOfInterfaces
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
-
IInteger
Read only
> 0
195
196
7.15.2.22 GevPAUSEFrameReception
Controls whether incoming PAUSE Frames are handled on the given logical link.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPAUSEFrameReception
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.23 GevPersistentDefaultGateway
Controls the persistent default gateway for this logical link. It is only used when the device boots with the Persistent IP configuration scheme.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPersistentDefaultGateway
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
≥ 0
7.15.2.24 GevPersistentIPAddress
Controls the Persistent IP address for this logical link. It is only used when the device boots with the Persistent IP configuration scheme.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPersistentIPAddress
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read / Write
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.25 GevPersistentSubnetMask
Controls the Persistent subnet mask associated with the Persistent IP address on this logical link. It is only used when the device boots with the Persistent IP configuration scheme.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPersistentSubnetMask
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
≥ 0
7.15.2.26 GevPrimaryApplicationIPAddress
Returns the address of the primary application.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPrimaryApplicationIPAddress
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read only
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.27 GevPrimaryApplicationSocket
Returns the UDP source port of the primary application.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPrimaryApplicationSocket
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read only
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.28 GevPrimaryApplicationSwitchoverKey
Controls the key to use to authenticate primary application switchover requests.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevPrimaryApplicationSwitchoverKey
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Write only
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.29 GevSCDA
Controls the destination IP address of the selected stream channel to which a GVSP transmitter must send data stream or the destination IP address from which a GVSP receiver may receive data stream.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCDA
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
≥ 0
197
198
7.15.2.30 GevSCFTD
This feature indicates the delay (in timestamp counter unit) to insert between each block
(image) for this stream channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCFTD
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.15.2.31 GevSCPD
Controls the delay (in timestamp counter unit) to insert between each packet for this stream channel. This can be used as a crude flow-control mechanism if the application or the network infrastructure cannot keep up with the packets coming from the device.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPD
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read / Write
0 ... 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.15.2.32 GevSCPHostPort
Controls the port of the selected channel to which a GVSP transmitter must send data stream or the port from which a GVSP receiver may receive data stream. Setting this value to 0 closes the stream channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPHostPort
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
-
IInteger
Read / Write
0 ... 65535 (Increment: 1)
7.15.2.33 GevSCPInterfaceIndex
Index of the logical link to use.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPInterfaceIndex
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
-
IInteger
Read / Write
0 ... 3 (Increment: 1)
7.15.2.34 GevSCPSDoNotFragment
The state of this feature is copied into the "do not fragment" bit of IP header of each stream packet. It can be used by the application to prevent IP fragmentation of packets on the stream channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPSDoNotFragment
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.35 GevSCPSFireTestPacket
Sends a test packet. When this feature is set, the device will fire one test packet.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPSFireTestPacket
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read / Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.36 GevSCPSPacketSize
Specifies the stream packet size, in bytes, to send on the selected channel for a GVSP transmitter or specifies the maximum packet size supported by a GVSP receiver.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCPSPacketSize
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read / Write
Byte
576 ... 16110 (Increment: 2)
7.15.2.37 GevSCSP
Indicates the source port of the stream channel.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSCSP
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
-
Read only
≥ 0
199
200
7.15.2.38 GevSecondURL
Indicates the second URL to the GenICam XML device description file. This URL is an alternative if the application was unsuccessful to retrieve the device description file using the first URL.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSecondURL
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IString
Read only
-
URL
7.15.2.39 GevStreamChannelSelector
Selects the stream channel to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevStreamChannelSelector
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IInteger
Read / Write
-
≥ 0
7.15.2.40 GevSupportedOption
Returns if the selected GEV option is supported.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSupportedOption
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IBoolean
Read only
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.2.41 GevSupportedOptionSelector
Selects the GEV option to interrogate for existing support.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
GevSupportedOptionSelector
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IEnumeration
Read / Write
see table below
Action
CCPApplicationSocket
CommandsConcatenation
DiscoveryAckDelay
DiscoveryAckDelayWritable
DynamicLAG
Event
EventData
ExtendedStatusCodes
PacketResend
PendingAck
PrimaryApplicationSwitchover
ScheduledAction
SerialNumber
SingleLink
StandardIDMode
StaticLAG
StreamChannel0AllInTransmission
ExtendedStatusCodesVersion2_0 StreamChannel0BigAndLittleEndian
HeartbeatDisable StreamChannel0ExtendedChunkData
IEEE1588
IPConfigurationDHCP
StreamChannel0IPReassembly
StreamChannel0MultiZone
IPConfigurationLLA
IPConfigurationPersistentIP
LinkSpeed
ManifestTable
StreamChannel0PacketResendDestination
StreamChannel0UnconditionalStreaming
StreamChannelSourceSocket
TestData
MessageChannelSourceSocket
MultiLink
PAUSEFrameGeneration
PAUSEFrameReception
UnconditionalAction
UserDefinedName
WriteMem
201
202
7.15.2.42 InterfaceSpeedMode
Show the interface speed mode as string.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
InterfaceSpeedMode
TansportLayerControl → GigEVision
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Ethernet100Mbps Operation at 100 Mbps.
Ethernet10Gbps Operation at 10 Gbps.
Ethernet1Gbps Operation at 1 Gbps.
Ethernet2_5Gbps Operation at 2.5 Gbps.
Ethernet5Gbps Operation at 5 Gbps.
7.15.3 PayloadSize
Provides the number of bytes transferred for each image or chunk on the stream channel at the current settings. This includes any end-of-line, end-of-frame statistics or other stamp data. This is the total size of data payload for a data block.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PayloadSize
TansportLayerControl
IInteger
Read only
Byte
0 ... depends on current settings (Increment: 1)
7.15.4 Category: Category: TransportLayerControl → PtpControl (.PTP only)
Category that contains the features related to the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) of the device.
General Information
IEEE 1588 P recision T ime P rotocol (PTP) manages clock synchronization of multiple devices across an Ethernet network. On a local area network, it achieves clock accuracy in the sub-microsecond range, making it suitable for measurement and control systems.
PTP was designed to improve on existing clock synchronization methods such as Network Time Protocol (NTP) and Global Positioning System (GPS). NTP suffers from poor accuracy, often quoted to be several milliseconds using a fast Ethernet network. GPS provides nanosecond precision using atomic clock and satellite triangulation; however, it is an expensive component to incorporate into a camera.
PTP provides microsecond precision without increasing component cost, providing better accuracy than NTP at a lower cost than GPS.
The diagram below shows the steps taken to synchronize the slave clock to that of the master.
Master clock
0
100 t
1 estim
200 t
1
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 t
4
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500 appearing synchronized
Sync (t
Follow_up (t m
)
1
)
Delay_Req
Delay_Resp( t
4
)
Slave clock
200
300
400
500
600
700
1200
1300
1400
1500
800 - t
2
900
1000 - t
3
1100
1600
1700
PTP synchronization
Synchronization begins when the device configured as the Master PTP clock transmits a Sync telegram using multicast messaging. Devices configured as Slave PTP clocks calculate the time difference between their clock and the Master PTP clock, and adjust accordingly.
Slave clock frequencies are constantly adjusted, through follow up and delay messages, to keep their clock value as close as possible to the master clock. While all Slave clocks are within 1 μs of the master, PTP sync is achieved.
203
204
Network Topology without GPS Glock
Achieving PTP synchronization between multiple cameras requires all cameras to be on the same network/subnet. The IEEE 1588 best master clock algorithm will select a camera as the master clock. Each camera will synchronize to this master clock.
This restriction is due to the current inability of any network card hardware to forward PTP sync multicast packets between ports within the 1 μs requirement.
Network Topology with GPS Clock
The cameras can be synchronized to a GPS timer, allowing “real world time” synchroniza tion. Configure PtpMode on all of the cameras to Slave or Auto . In Auto, the IEEE 1588 best master clock algorithm will elect the GPS clock as the master. Each camera will synchronize to the GPS master clock.
Notice
To ensure a reliable synchronization, the GPS master clock must be configured with a
Sync interval between 0.5 s and 2 s (according to the Default PTP profile for use with the delay request-response mechanism).
7.15.4.1 PtpClockAccuracy
Indicates the expected accuracy of the device PTP clock when it is the grandmaster, or in the event it becomes the grandmaster.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpClockAccuracy
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
Within1us
Within2p5u
7.15.4.2 PtpClockID
Returns the latched clock ID of the PTP device. PTP Parent Clock ID.
Notice
Byte 0 of the IEEE ClockIdentity field is mapped to the MSB.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpClockID
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IInteger
Read only
MacAdress
80-00-00-00-00-00 ... 7F-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF (Increment: 1)
7.15.4.3 PtpDataSetLatch
Latches the current values from the device’s PTP clock data set.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
-
PtpDataSetLatch
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
ICommand
Write only
205
206
7.15.4.4 PtpEnable
Enables the Precision Time Protocol (PTP).
Notice
To write this feature, set TLParamsLocked = 0 .
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpEnableEnable
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IBoolean
Read/Write
true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.15.4.5 PtpGrandmasterClockID
Returns the latched grandmaster clock ID of the PTP device. The grandmaster clock ID is the clock ID of the current grandmaster clock.
Notice
Byte 0 of the IEEE ClockIdentity field is mapped to the MSB.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpGrandmasterClockID
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IInteger
Read only
MacAdress
80-00-00-00-00-00 ... 7F-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF (Increment: 1)
7.15.4.6 PtpMode
Selects the PTP clock type the device will act as.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpMode
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
-
IEnumeration
Read/Write
Auto
Slave
The device uses the IEEE 1588 best master clock algorithm to determine which device is master, and which devices are slaves. In case the device is not the best master, it will act as a PTP slave.
The device’s clock will act as a PTP slave only to align with a master device’s clock.
7.15.4.7 PtpOffsetFromMaster
Returns the latched offset from the PTP master clock in nanoseconds.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpOffsetFromMaster
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IInteger
Read only ns
-9223372036854775808 ... 9223372036854775808 (Increment: 1)
7.15.4.8 PtpParentClockID
Returns the latched parent clock ID of the PTP device. The parent clock ID is the clock ID of the current master clock.
Notice
Byte 0 of the IEEE ClockIdentity field is mapped to the MSB.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpParentClockID
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IInteger
Read only
MacAdress
80-00-00-00-00-00 ... 7F-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF (Increment: 1)
7.15.4.9 PtpServoStatus
Notice
PTPServoStatus may change temporarily when changing the IP address.
Returns the latched state of the clock servo.
When the servo is in a locked state, the value returned is ‘Locked’. When the servo is in a non-locked state, a device-specific value can be returned to give specific information. If no device-specific value is available to describe the current state of the clock servo, the value should be ‘Unknown’.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpServoStatus
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IEnumeration
-
Read only
Unknown
Locked
207
208
7.15.4.10 PtpStatus
Returns the latched state of the PTP clock.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
PtpStatus
TansportLayerControl → PtpControl
IEnumeration
Read only
-
Disabled
Faulty
PTP is disabled.
The fault state of the protocol.
Initializing
Listening
PTP is being initialized.
Device is listening for other PTP enabled devices.
Master
Passive
Pre_Master
Slave
Device acting as master clock.
If there are 2 or more devices with PtpMode = Master, this device has an inferior clock and is not synchronized to the master.
The port shall behave in all respects as though it were in the MASTER state except that it shall not place any messages on its communication path except for Pdelay_Req, Pdelay_Resp, Pdelay_Resp_Follow_Up, sig naling, or management messages.
PTP synchronization between this device and master is achieved.
Uncalibrated PTP synchronization not yet achieved.
7.15.5 Category: TransportLayerControl → USB3Vision
Category that contains the features pertaining to the USB3 Vision transport layer of the device.
7.15.5.1 InterfaceSpeedMode
Show the interface speed mode as string.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
InterfaceSpeedMode
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
IEnumeration
Read only
-
FullSpeed
HighSpeed
LowSpeed
SuperSpeed
USB operation at 12 Mbps.
USB operation at 480 Mbps.
USB operation at 1.5 Mbps.
USB operation at 5 Gbps.
7.15.5.2 SIControl
Controls streaming operation.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SIControl
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
IEnumeration
Read only
-
StreamDisabled Disable Streaming.
StreamEnabled Enable Streaming.
7.15.5.3 SIPayloadFinalTransfer1Size
Size of first final Payload Transfer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SIPayloadFinalTransfer1Size
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
IInteger
Read only
Byte
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.15.5.4 SIPayloadFinalTransfer2Size
Size of second final Payload Transfer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SIPayloadFinalTransfer2Size
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
IInteger
Read only
Byte
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.15.5.5 SIPayloadTransferCount
Expected number of Payload Transfers.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SIPayloadTransferCount
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
-
IInteger
Read only
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
209
210
7.15.5.6 SIPayloadTransferSize
Expected size of a single Payload Transfer.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
SIPayloadTransferSize
TansportLayerControl → USB3Vision
IInteger
Read only
Byte
0 - 4294967295 (Increment: 1)
7.16 Category: UserSetControl
Category that contains the User Set control features. It allows loading or saving factory or user-defined settings.
Loading the factory default User Set guarantees a state where a continuous acquisition can be started using only the mandatory features.
These user sets are stored within the camera and can be loaded, saved and transferred to other cameras.
By using User Set Default one of these four user sets can be set as the default, which means that the camera starts up with these adjusted parameters.
7.16.1 UserSetDefault
Four user sets are available for this camera. User Set 1 , User Set 2 , User Set 3 are userspecific and can contain user-definable parameters.
Selects the feature UserSet to load and make active by default when the device is reset.
The factory settings are stored in the user set Default . This is the only user set that cannot be edited.
Notice
All saved user sets can be set as default.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserSetDefault
UserSetControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Default Select the factory setting user set.
User Set 1 Select the User Set 1 (available when saved).
User Set 2 Select the User Set 2 (available when saved).
User Set 3 Select the User Set 3 (available when saved).
7.16.2 UserSetFeatureEnable
Enables the selected feature and make it active in all the UserSets.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserSetFeatureEnable
UserSetControl
IBoolean
-
Read only true = 1 (On) false = 0 (Off)
7.16.3 UserSetFeatureSelector
Selects which individual UserSet feature to control.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserSetFeatureSelector
UserSetControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write see tables below
Notice
Compatibility Gain
A Gain saved with Release 2 cameras in the UserSet is not compatible with Release 3 cameras.
211
212
VCXG /.XC / .I / .I.XT
Parameter
AcquisitionFrameCount DefectPixelCorrection
AcquisitionFrameRate DeviceTemperature-
StatusTransition
AcquisitionFrameRate-
Enable
EventNotification
AcquisitionMode
ActionDeviceKey
ExposureMode
ExposureTime
ActionGroupKey
ActionGroupMask
FixedPatternNoiseCorrection
FrameCounter
AutoFeatureHeight
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureOffsetX
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureOffsetY
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureWidth
(≥ Rel. 3)
BalanceWhiteAuto
BinningHorizontal
Gain
GainAuto
(≥ Rel. 3)
GainAutoMaxValue
(≥ Rel. 3)
GainAutoMinValue
(≥ Rel. 3)
Gamma
GevSCFTD
BinningHorizontalMode GevSCPD
BinningVertical Height
BinningVerticalMode
BlackLevel
BrightnessAutoNominalValue
LUTContent
LUTEnable
LUTValue
BrightnessAutoPriority LineDebouncerHighTimeAbs
ChunkEnable LineDebouncerLowTimeAbs
ChunkModeActive
ColorTransformation-
Value
CounterDuration
LineInverter
LineMode
(≥ Rel. 3)
LinePWMDuration
(VCXG.I / .XT only)
CounterEventActivation LinePWMMaxDuration
(VCXG.I / .XT only)
CounterEventSource LinePWMMode
(VCXG.I / .XT only)
DeviceLinkThroughput-
Limit
LineSource
CounterResetActivation OffsetX
CounterResetSource OffsetY
PixelFormat
ReadoutMode
ReverseX
ReverseY
SensorShutterMode
(≥ Rel. 3)
SequencerSetNext
(≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerSetStart
(≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerTrigger-
Activation (≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerTrigger-
Source (≥ Rel. 2)
TestPattern
TimerDelay
TimerDuration
TimerTriggerActivation
TimerTriggerSource
TriggerActivation
TriggerDelay
TriggerMode
TriggerSource
UserOutputValue
UserOutputValueAll
Width
VCXU
Parameter
AcquisitionFrameCount
AcquisitionFrameRate
AcquisitionFrameRate-
Enable
AcquisitionMode
ExposureAuto
ExposureAutoMaxValue
ExposureAutoMinValue
ExposureMode
AutoFeatureHeight
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureOffsetX
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureOffsetY
(≥ Rel. 3)
AutoFeatureWidth
(≥ Rel. 3)
BinningHorizontal
ExposureTime
FixedPatternNoise-
Correction
FrameCounter
Gain
BinningHorizontalMode
BinningVertical
BinningVerticalMode
BlackLevel
BrightnessAutoNominal-
Value
GainAuto
(≥ Rel. 3)
GainAutoMaxValue
(≥ Rel. 3)
GainAutoMinValue
(≥ Rel. 3)
Gamma
Height
LUTContent
BrightnessAutoPriority
ChunkEnable
LUTEnable
LUTValue
ChunkModeActive
ColorTransformationAuto LineDebouncerHigh-Time-
Abs
CounterDuration
CounterEventActivation
CounterEventSource
LineDebouncerLow-
TimeAbs
LineInverter
LineMode
(≥ Rel. 3)
CounterResetActivation
CounterResetSource
LineSource
OffsetX
DefectPixelCorrection OffsetY
DeviceLinkThroughputLimit PixelFormat
DeviceTemperatureStatus-
Transition
ReadoutMode
EventNotification ReverseX
ReverseY
SensorShutterMode
(≥ Rel. 3)
SequencerSetNext
(≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerSetStart
(≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerTrigger-
Activation (≥ Rel. 2)
SequencerTrigger-
Source (≥ Rel. 2)
TestPattern
TimerDelay
TimerDuration
TimerTriggerActivation
TimerTriggerSource
TriggerActivation
TriggerDelay
TriggerMode
TriggerSource
UserOutputValue
UserOutputValueAll
Width
213
214
7.16.4 UserSetLoad
Loads the UserSet specified by UserSetSelector to the device and makes it active.
Notice
Loading a UserSet requires the stop of the camera.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values -
UserSetLoad
UserSetControl
-
ICommand
Write only
7.16.5 UserSetSave
Save the User Set specified by UserSetSelector to the non-volatile memory of the device.
Notice
The factory settings are stored in the user set Default . This is the only user set that cannot be edited. Select at UserSetSelector UserSet1, UserSet2 or UserSet3.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserSetSave
UserSetControl
ICommand
-
-
Write only
7.16.6 UserSetSelector
Selects the Feature User Set to load, save or configure. The factory settings are stored in the user set Default . This is the only user set that cannot be edited.
Name
Category
Interface
Access
Unit
Values
UserSetSelector
UserSetControl
IEnumeration
-
Read / Write
Default Select the factory setting user set.
User Set 1 Select the User Set 1.
User Set 2 Select the User Set 2.
User Set 3 Select the User Set 3.
8. VCXG /.XC/.I/.I.XT/.PTP /.I.PTP – Interface Functionalities
8.1
Device Information
This Gigabit Ethernet-specific information on the device is part of the Discovery-Acknowl edge of the camera.
Included information:
▪ MAC address
▪ Current IP configuration (persistent IP / DHCP / LLA)
▪ Current IP parameters ( IP address, subnet mask, gateway)
▪
▪
▪ Manufacturer's name
▪ Manufacturer-specific information
Device version
Serial number
▪ User-defined name (user programmable string)
8.2 Packet Size and Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU)
Network packets can be of different sizes. The size depends on the network components employed. When using GigE Vision ® compliant devices, it is generally recommended to use larger packets. On the one hand the overhead per packet is smaller, on the other hand larger packets cause less CPU load.
The packet size of UDP packets can differ from 576 Bytes up to the MTU.
The MTU describes the maximal packet size which can be handled by all network components involved.
In principle modern network hardware supports a packet size of 1500 Byte, which is specified in the GigE network standard. " Jumboframes" merely characterizes a packet size exceeding 1500 Bytes.
Baumer VCXG cameras can handle a MTU of up to 16384 Bytes.
8.3 Inter Packet Gap (IPG)
To achieve optimal results in image transfer, several Ethernet-specific factors need to be considered.
Upon starting the image transfer of a camera, the data packets are transferred at maxi mum transfer speed (1 Gbit/sec). In accordance with the network standard, Baumer em ploys a minimal separation of 12 Bytes between two packets. This separation is called
"inter packet gap" (IPG). In addition to the minimal IPG, the GigE Vision ® standard stipulates that the IPG be scalable (user-defined).
Notice
According to the Ethernet standard, IPG min
can not be lower than 12 Bytes.
IPG:
The IPG is measured in ticks.
An easy rule of thumb is:
1 Tick is equivalent to 1 Bit of data.
You should also not forget to add the various ethernet headers to your calculation.
215
Operation of two cameras employing a Gigabit
Ethernet switch.
Data processing within the switch is displayed in the next two figures.
8.3.1 Example 1: Multi Camera Operation – Minimal IPG
Setting the IPG to minimum means every image is transfered at maximum speed. Even by using a frame rate of 1 fps this results in full load on the network. Such "bursts" can lead to an overload of several network components and a loss of packets. This can occur, especially when using several cameras.
In the case of two cameras sending images at the same time, this would theoretically oc cur at a transfer rate of 2 Gbits/sec. The switch has to buffer this data and transfer it at a speed of 1 Gbit/sec afterwards. Depending on the internal buffer of the switch, this oper ates without any problems up to n cameras (n ≥ 1). More cameras would lead to a loss of packets. These lost packets can however be saved by employing an appropriate resend mechanism, but this leads to additional load on the network components .
Operation of two cameras employing a minimal inter packet gap (IPG).
Max. IPG:
On the Gigabit Ethernet the max. IPG and the data packet must not exceed 1
Gbit. Otherwise data packets can be lost.
8.3.2 Example 2: Multi Camera Operation – Optimal IPG
A better method is to increase the IPG to a size of optimal IPG = (number of cameras-1)*packet size + 2 × minimal IPG
In this way both data packets can be transferred successively (zipper principle), and the switch does not need to buffer the packets.
Operation of two cameras employing an optimal inter packet gap (IPG).
216
8.4 Transmission Delay
Another approach for packet sorting in multi-camera operation is the so-called Transmission Delay.
Due to the fact, that the currently recorded image is stored within the camera and its transmission starts with a predefined delay, complete images can be transmitted to the
PC at once.
The following figure should serve as an example:
For the image processing three cameras are employed – for example camera 1: VCXG-
53M, camera 2: VCXG-13M, camera 3: VCXG-23M.
Due to process-related circumstances, the image acquisitions of all cameras end at the same time. Now the cameras are not trying to transmit their images simultaniously, but – according to the specified transmission delays – subsequently. Thereby the first camera starts the transmission immediately – with a transmission delay "0".
8.4.1 Time Saving in Multi-Camera Operation
As previously stated, the transmission delay feature was especially designed for multicamera operation with employment of different camera models. Just here an significant acceleration of the image transmission can be achieved:
Principle of the transmission delay.
For the above mentioned example, the employment of the transmission delay feature results in a time saving – compared to the approach of using the inter packet gap – of approx. 45% (applied to the transmission of all three images).
Comparison of transmission delay and inter packet gap, employed for a multi-camera system with different camera models.
217
Timings:
A - exposure start for all
cameras
B - all cameras ready for
transmission
C - transmission start camera 2
D - transmission start camera 3
8.4.2 Configuration Example
For the three employed cameras the following data are known:
Camera
Model
Sensor
Resolution
[pixel]
VCXG-53M 2592 x 2048
VCXG-13M 1280 x 1024
VCXG-23M 1920 x 1200
Pixel Format
(Pixel Depth)
Resulting
Data Volume
[bit]
8
8
8
Readout
Time
Exposure
Time
Transfer
Time (GigE)
[bit] [msec]
42467328 35.3
10485760 6.74
18432000 12.2
[msec]
20
20
20
[msec]
≈ 42.47
≈ 10.48
≈ 18.43
▪
▪ The sensor resolution and the readout time (t
The exposure time (t exposure readout
) can be found in the respective
Technical Data Sheet (TDS). For the example a full frame resolution is used.
) is manually set to 20 msec.
▪ The resulting data volume is calculated as follows:
Resulting Data Volume = horizontal Pixels × vertical Pixels × Pixel Depth
▪ The transfer time (t transferGigE
) for full GigE transfer rate is calculated as follows:
Transfer Time (GigE) = Resulting Data Volume / 1000 3 × 1000 [msec]
All the cameras are triggered simultaneously.
The transmission delay is realized as a counter, that is started immediately after the sen sor readout is started.
Trigger
Camera 1 t exposure(Camera 1) t readout(Camera 1)
* Due to technical issues
the data transfer of
camera 1 does not take
place with full GigE
speed.
Camera 2
Camera 3 t transfer(Camera 1)* t exposure(Camera 2) t readout(Camera 2) t exposure(Camera 3) t readout(Camera 3) t transferGigE(Camera 2) t transferGigE(Camera 3) Timing diagram for the transmission delay of the three employed cameras, using even exposure times.
218
TransmissionDelay
Camera 2
TransmissionDelay
Camera 3
In general, the transmission delay is calculated as: t
Transmissi onDelay ( Camera n )
= t exp osure ( Camera 1 )
+ t readout ( Camera 1 )
− t exp osure ( Camera n )
+ n
∑
n ≥ 3 t transferGi gE ( Camera n − 1 )
Therewith for the example, the transmission delays of camera 2 and 3 are calculated as follows:
t
TransmissionDelay(Camera 2)
= t exposure(Camera 1)
+ t readout(Camera 1)
- t exposure(Camera 2) t
TransmissionDelay(Camera 3)
= t exposure(Camera 1)
+ t readout(Camera 1)
- t exposure(Camera 3)
+ t transferGige(Camera 2) t
Solving this equations leads to:
TransmissionDelay(Camera 2)
= 20 msec + 35.3 msec - 20 msec
= 35.3 msec
= 35300000 ticks t
TransmissionDelay(Camera 3)
= 20 msec + 35.3 msec - 20 msec + 10.48 msec
= 45.78 msec
= 45780000 ticks
Notice
In Baumer GAPI the delay is specified in ticks. How do convert microseconds into ticks?
1 tick = 1 ns
1 msec = 1000000 ns
1 tick = 0,000001 msec ticks= t
TransmissionDelay
[msec] / 0.000001 = t
TransmissionDelay
[ticks]
219
Multicast Addresses:
For multicasting Baumer suggests an address range from 232.0.1.0 to
232.255.255.255.
8.5 Multicast
Multicasting offers the possibility to send data packets to more than one destination address – without multiplying bandwidth between camera and Multicast device (e.g. Router or Switch).
The data is sent out to an intelligent network node, an IGMP (Internet Group Management
Protocol) capable Switch or Router and distributed to the receiver group with the specific address range.
In the example on the figure below, multicast is used to process image and message data separately on two differents PC's.
220
8.6
IP Configuration
8.6.1 Persistent IP
A persistent IP adress is assigned permanently. Its validity is unlimited.
Notice
Please ensure a valid combination of IP address and subnet mask.
IP range:
0.0.0.0 – 127.255.255.255
128.0.0.0 – 191.255.255.255
192.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255
Subnet mask:
255.0.0.0
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.0
These combinations are not checked by Baumer GAPI, Baumer GAPI Viewer or camera on the fly. This check is performed when restarting the camera, in case of an invalid
IP - subnet combination the camera will start in LLA mode.
* This feature is disabled by default.
8.6.2 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
The DHCP automates the assignment of network parameters such as IP addresses, sub net masks and gateways. This process takes up to 12 sec.
Once the device (client) is connected to a DHCP-enabled network, four steps are processed:
▪ DHCP Discovery
In order to find a DHCP server, the client sends a so called DHCPDISCOVER broad cast to the network.
Connection pathway for
Baumer Gigabit Ethernet cameras:
The device connects step by step via the three described mechanisms.
▪ DHCP Offer
After reception of this broadcast, the DHCP server will answer the request by an unicast, known as DHCPOFFER. This message contains several items of information, such as:
Information for the client
Information on server
MAC address offered IP address
IP address subnet mask duration of the lease
DHCP:
Please pay attention to the
DHCP Lease Time.
DHCP Discovery
(broadcast)
DHCP offer (unicast)
221
▪ DHCP Request
Once the client has received this DHCPOFFER, the transaction needs to be con firmed. For this purpose the client sends a so called DHCPREQUEST broadcast to the network. This message contains the IP address of the offering DHCP server and informs all other possible DHCPservers that the client has obtained all the necessary information, and there is therefore no need to issue IP information to the client.
DHCP Request
(broadcast)
DHCP Lease Time:
The validity of DHCP IP addresses is limited by the lease time. When this time is elapsed, the IP configu ration needs to be redone.
This causes a connection abort.
DHCP Acknowledgement (unicast)
▪ DHCP Acknowledgement
Once the DHCP server obtains the DHCPREQUEST, an unicast containing all neces sary information is sent to the client. This message is called DHCPACK.
According to this information, the client will configure its IP parameters and the pro cess is complete.
LLA:
Please ensure operation of the PC within the same subnet as the camera.
222
8.6.3 LLA
LLA (Link-Local Address) refers to a local IP range from 169.254.0.1 to 169.254.254.254 and is used for the automated assignment of an IP address to a device when no other method for IP assignment is available.
The IP address is determined by the host, using a pseudo-random number generator, which operates in the IP range mentioned above.
Once an address is chosen, this is sent together with an ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) query to the network to check if it already exists. Depending on the response, the
IP address will be assigned to the device (if not existing) or the process is repeated.
This method may take some time - the GigE Vision ® standard stipulates that establishing connection in the LLA should not take longer than 40 seconds, in the worst case it can take up to several minutes.
8.6.4 Force IP 1)
Inadvertent faulty operation may result in connection errors between the PC and the camera.
In this case "Force IP" may be the last resort. The Force IP mechanism sends an IP address and a subnet mask to the MAC address of the camera. These settings are sent without verification and are adapted immediately by the client. They remain valid until the camera is de-energized.
1) In the GigE Vision ® standard, this feature is defined as "Static IP".
8.7 Packet Resend
Due to the fact, that the GigE Vision ® standard stipulates using a UDP - a stateless user datagram protocol - for data transfer, a mechanism for saving the "lost" data needs to be employed.
Here, a resend request is initiated if one or more packets are damaged during transfer and - due to an incorrect checksum - rejected afterwards.
On this topic one must distinguish between three cases:
8.7.1 Normal Case
In the case of unproblematic data transfer, all packets are transferred in their correct order from the camera to the PC. The probability of this happening is more than 99%.
8.7.2 Fault 1: Lost Packet within Data Stream
If one or more packets are lost within the data stream, this is detected by the fact, that packet number n is not followed by packet number (n+1). In this case the application sends a resend request (A). Following this request, the camera sends the next packet and then resends (B) the lost packet.
Data stream without damaged or lost packets.
In our example packet no. 3 is lost. This fault is detected on packet no. 4, and the re send request triggered. Then the camera sends packet no. 5, followed by resending packet no. 3.
Resending lost packets within the data stream.
223
8.7.3 Fault 2: Lost Packet at the End of the Data Stream
In case of a fault at the end of the data stream, the application will wait for incoming packets for a predefined time. When this time has elapsed, the resend request is trig gered and the "lost" packets will be resent.
Resending of lost packets at the end of the data stream.
In our example, packets from no. 3 to no. 5 are lost. This fault is detected after the predefined time has elapsed and the resend request (A) is triggered. The camera then resends packets no. 3 to no. 5 (B) to complete the image transfer.
8.7.4 Termination Conditions
The resend mechanism will continue until:
▪
▪ all packets have reached the pc
▪ the maximum of resend repetitions is reached the resend timeout has occured or
▪ the camera returns an error.
224
8.8 Message Channel
The asynchronous message channel is described in the GigE Vision ® standard and offers the possibility of event signaling. There is a timestamp (64 bits) for each announced event, which contains the accurate time the event occurred.
Each event can be activated and deactivated separately.
8.8.1 Event Generation
Event
GenICam™
ExposureStart
ExposureEnd
FrameStart
FrameEnd
Line0RisingEdge
Line0FallingEdge
Line1RisingEdge
Line1FallingEdge
Line2RisingEdge
Line2FallingEdge
Line3RisingEdge
Line3FallingEdge
Line4RisingEdge
Line4FallingEdge
Line5RisingEdge
Line5FallingEdge
Line6RisingEdge
Line6FallingEdge
Line7RisingEdge
Line7FallingEdge
Vendor-specific
EventError
EventLost
TriggerReady
(VCXG.I /
.XT /.PTP /
.I.PTP only)
TriggerOverlapped
TriggerSkipped
FrameTransferSkipped
TransferBufferFull
TransferBufferReady
HeartBeatTimeout
PrimaryApplicationSwitch
Description
Exposure started
Exposure ended
Acquisition of a frame started
Acquisition of a frame ended
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 0
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 0
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 1
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 1
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 2
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 2
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 3
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 3
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 4
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 4
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 5
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 5
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 6
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 6
Rising edge detected on IO-Line 7
Falling edge detected on IO-Line 7
Error in event handling.
Occured event not analyzed.
t notready
elapsed, camera is able to process incoming trigger.
Overlapped Mode detected.
Camera overtriggered.
Frame lost in the camera.
No free buffer in camera memory.
Buffer availabe in camera memory.
The device runs in heartbeat timeout.
For systems where redundancy and fault recovery are required, it is often necessary for a second application to take control over the camera that is already under the control of a primary application. In order to notify the primary application that a switchover has occurred, send this event before granting ac cess to new primary application.
225
Action Command:
Since hardware release 2.1 the implemetation of the
Action Command follows the regulations of the GigE
Vision ® standard 1.2.
8.9 Action Command /
Trigger over Ethernet
The basic idea behind this feature was to achieve a simultaneous trigger for multiple cameras.
Therefore a broadcast Ethernet packet was implemented. This packet can be used to induce a trigger as well as other actions.
Due to the fact that different network components feature different latencies and jitters, the trigger over the Ethernet is not as synchronous as a hardware trigger. Nevertheless, applications can deal with these jitters in switched networks, and therefore this is a com fortable method for synchronizing cameras with software additions.
The action command is sent as a broadcast. In addition it is possible to group cameras, so that not all attached cameras respond to a broadcast action command.
▪
▪
Such an action command contains:
▪ a Device Key - for authorization of the action on this device
▪ an Action ID - for identification of the action signal
▪ a Group Key - for triggering actions on separated groups of devices
a Group Mask - for extension of the range of separate device groups a Action Time - only present for Scheduled Action Commands when a future action
time is specified (.PTP only)
8.9.1 Example: Triggering Multiple Cameras
The figure below displays three cameras, which are triggered synchronously by a soft ware application.
Triggering of multiple cameras via trigger over
Ethernet (ToE).
Another application of action command is that a secondary application or PC or one of the attached cameras can actuate the trigger.
226
9. VCXU – Interface Functionalities
VCXU-32M
VCXU-32C
VCXU-50M
VCXU-50C
VCXU-51M
VCXU-51C
VCXU-53M
VCXU-53C
VCXU-65M.R
VCXU-65C.R
VCXU-90M
VCXU-90C
VCXU-123M
VCXU-123C
VCXU-124M
VCXU-124C
VCXU-125M.R
VCXU-125C.R
VCXU-201M.R
VCXU-201C.R
VCXU-02M
VCXU-02C
VCXU-04M
VCXU-04C
VCXU-13M
VCXU-13C
VCXU-15M
VCXU-15C
VCXU-23M
VCXU-23C
VCXU-24M
VCXU-24C
VCXU-25M
VCXU-25C
VCXU-31M
VCXU-31C
9.1
Device Information
This information on the device is part of the camera's USB descriptor.
Model Name
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
Baumer USB Vendor ID
[Hexadecimal]
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
2825
153
154
147
146
145
144
12E
12F
13F
13E
141
140
143
142
12A
12B
155
156
157
158
14B
14A
15B
15C
13C
0128
0129
0130
0131
Baumer USB Product ID
[Hexadecimal]
137
136
159
15A
13B
13A
13D
Included information:
▪ Vendor ID (VID)
▪ Product ID (PID)
▪ General Unique
Identifier (GUID)
▪ Device vendor name
(Manufacturer)
▪ Serial number (iSerialNumber)
227
www.baumer.com/worldwide
advertisement
Key Features
- 5 MP resolution
- Up to 65 fps frame rate
- USB 3.0 interface
- Rugged housing
- Automatic white balance
- Automatic gain control
- Automatic exposure control
